Home
        C711n_MPS711C_Maintenance Manual
         Contents
1.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               a     i 0538 8   sa  gt   1228    ie    y 9 2 a    Boe l    N l  8    l  ii 4p J516    1 J522 R572 a    Be R517 o R559   29 C532 l   GoaX R574 R576  EEF R573    23 R558  p    cs24 l            l  l l    Q502     R557     g R556         TR502 R555    L_ R554  l    R553    i R552    J514  ee ee      504       2     505    122 E D   b a ar    83     E 3  l R524   g    D D  lz 5 a  3   E    8 S R522 R        R521 J509   o    C503 E   a      D503 D507 2  3505 F518 8    D    D502  amp  D505 D506 l dE l R547    N D504 meee    j   J510 H  JJ  y 2502 R514R515    R531     R546  8   R545  D509 C520                                                                                                                                              44205401TH Rev 1 212           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           4  Second Tray Control PCB    C
2.                                                                                       Component side                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   STKFL  IDFAN eno A Za    ll fo  sb SDCARD E  FET2 D21     a E   n n Uhre e E3 Ui7 Ut8  Ui9  3 5 ad AT Jos ss   00888 0 sie       ice T T T R204 R205 R206 aaa ES  ac an o  28  pial HEH ag E e sue  non 8  e   y T ES     1C23 a33 ee EE R160 cee     6 G ce 5 iia   A K AR AP fasa  RM29 RM30 Lido 2 oO TI  34 34  R157  23 8  le 5   EES R179 PR156  Ha croc sa DO APS FR155  1 27 Q28 Q29 ke   SERESE E  3 inn Em oF e 1000 Aza al ZF  cries CE  2 5 a H 1029 RM26 core rh         760 Y 20 20  B   dh on CP6 pr Do 75  908 c15 55 a  onl LI   Ta RATO y 1014 ORIO e    24 a  0  my   S aso his Elfs    26   1 1  
3.                                                            SS  isi iti i MFPIF i O LL  Revision number label position sige ety   M i   _  CJ R249 R250R251 post R254 L  2 HH 1  2   0 a    DEBUG41p    E ll 0801 a A     5 L  as OST C100     a  8  ECT reso 23   ca Shame  3882  DAOS e OO 005  T ee E 8885 Z      5 T A a217     Re  EA E ES  O O er      PCB IBD AA Specified stamping location  Revision number label details Ic14                                                             Sample 1 Rev 1    Board TB2 YU   Series No        Article number    44248909 44184502          Sample 2 Rev 4 44248911 44184502       44248912 44184502               8    Lo     El  Lo                    44248915 44184502 ES7411          44205401TH Rev 1 219 219    
4.                             Invalid Data    Press ONLINE Button    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Invalid data was received  Press   the On line switch and eliminate the  warning  Displayed when unsupported  PDL command is received or a spool  command is received without SD  Card     Remedial  measure    Press the ON  LINE switch                    Varies       Invalid Secure Data    Press ONLINE Button          Varies       Indicates that a job has been deleted   because corruption of data has been   detected by the integrity verification in  authentication printing        Install Paper   MPTray   MEDIA_SIZE   Press ONLINE Button             Indicates that the print request of  manual paper feed is issued   Prompt user to feed manually   the paper that is indicated by   MEDIA_SIZE     Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified  display unit  menu setting  of the MP  tray unless otherwise specified by  driver    If unit of paper size is specified by  driver  it is displayed in units specified  by driver     Paper size in the Custom mode is  displayed as   lt width gt  x  lt length gt    lt unit gt     ex  210 x 297 mm    8 5 x 11 0 inch       Press the ON  LINE switch       The data will  be deleted  unless the ON  LINE switch is  pressed within  the time set  by  Manual  Timeout            44205401TH Rev 1    138            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          If a printer detects an un recoverable error  the follow
5.            44205401TH Rev 1    148            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display    Re start the printer   918  Error    Duplex  FAN Alarm  Caution    Error details    Fan error inside the Duplex unit     Does the error recur when the  power is turned off once and  back on     Does the error recur when the  power is turned off once and  back on     Remedial measure    Check if the Duplex  unit is installed  normally or not   Check if the fans  are installed  normally or not     Replace the fan        Re start the printer   923  Error    Black image  drum lock  error    The K ID does not rotate  normally     Does the error display recur  when the power is turned off  once and back on     Check if the K ID is  installed normally  or not    Replace the K ID  unit    Replace the K ID  motor     Display    Service call    984  Error   987  Error    Detection   of an  unsupported  toner  cartridge    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Error details Remedial measure    An unsupported toner cartridge  has been detected     Replace it with an  appropriate toner    984 Black toner cartridge cartridge     position   985 Yellow toner cartridge  position   986 Magenta toner cartridge  position   987 Cyan toner cartridge  position       WDT ERROR    R14 xxxxxxxx    PU firmware  runaway    Does this error recur  Turn on the power  again   Replace the CU     PU board           Fuser motor  lock error    Service call  928  Error    Fuser does not rotate normally     Does this erro
6.           Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black          Tell user that  the trouble  caused by  usage of the  inappropriate  toner cartridge  is outside  the range of  free repair by  warranty to  prompt user  to use the  appropriate  toner  cartridge        44205401TH Rev 1    133            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                               COLOR  Toner  Sensor Error    Inspection  lamp    Details    Toner sensor warning   Indicates the printer has a toner  sensor problem  Be sure the  image drum cartridges and toner  cartridges are properly installed   Toner sensor error   Indicates a toner sensor failure  occurred  toner cartridge lever  turning was omitted or an image  drum is not properly installed   Be sure the toner cartridges and  image drums are properly installed   Contact an appropriate customer  service center when this error  persists     Remedial  measure    Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              Belt Unit Near Life    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Notifies the belt unit is near its life   This is a warning  thus  printing will  not stop     Moreover  when set as Admin Setup   System Setup   NearLifeLED      Disable   Attention LED is switched  off     Remedial  measure                      Error Postscript    Interpr
7.          R584   R583                                         R550 R554                                         R633 R632 R631 eres  BF536 BF528 aro  Bree  BF535 BF527 Brig  Bre  BF534 BF526 aria PFSIS  BF533 BF525 BF517    R677    i  Rees   F512  a a Reso   e o res El Gears  68007 L f   opero  I R677   Read   641 CHE BESOS       R619     R591                                              CAR698                                           Soldering side             a  8       RBH             G Ams22 D    RM521       E  ES RM534  amp   E  3     Bo RM526  cp   sa   p M BB Rg   E   0508 Je S                               Q504                                              gree 2  Sage  EATE OS  0 BERRY  288  SSESS  PES                                                                                                 csos ED  ceo                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ma E    RM501       C512                                                    i eee RM506     Ges canal  on 0626 C625 C624 02531  BBE ses Eee   222888 2 88  gg oo 88 gar  BB pg 95 ooo 0038  1 C585 C584 T  5 oo C580 C579    8 ggg Sn 30  PISO C568 BHRI DA  g BP     SOE   0546 83  ga  SE  18     o  E D wt  T nin  0517 ge Em  4 El  elel fog  8 BF507 3  C510  m 171 m  uo T mea  g 8 Eee  3 8       R  R693 R699                 
8.         C TONER   FULL     Rio     Amount of consumption of the  respective toners is displayed        M WASTE TNR  CNT    soe TIMES       C WASTE TNR  CNT       soe TIMES             Amount of waste toner is  displayed      When the times reaches 32 times  or more  the waste toner full is  issued        C OVER RIDE  CNT       ee TIMES                Number of times of continues  of the toner cartridge of the  respective colors are displayed        44205401TH Rev 1    110           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 9 Number of print copies counter display    This self diagnostic menu is used to display status of the number of copies of a printer     1     Display area   upper row    K   IMPRESSIONS    Enter the ordinary self diagnostic mode and press the MENU   MENU  key until   PRINTER STATUS    is displayed in the display area   Pressing the MENU  key  increments the test item and pressing the MENU  key decrements the test item      When the MENU   MENU  key is pressed  statuses of the number of print  copies are displayed in order  Pressing the ONLINE or CANCEL key is invalid      Pressing the BACK key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      Display area     Details  lower row    Format    were IMAGES Images   Number of print copies of the    respective colors are displayed        y   IMPRESSIONS    were IMAGES Images       see MAGES    M   IMPRESSIONS    Images       C   IMPRESSIONS    wee MAGES    Images       TOTAL SHEET  CNT       eX COUNTS       
9.        Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode     Replace the  CU PU board or  EXIT sensor or  its cable or its  connection cable        Check the output  signal level of the  EXIT sensor     Check for the following signals at the RELAY  connector    of the CU PU board     Pin 9  EXIT sensor    Confirm that the above signal levels change when  the sensor lever is operated     Replace the EXIT  sensor        Check the power  voltages supplied to  the relay board        Check the 5V power voltage at the EXIT  connector  2 of the relay board    Pin 1  5V power supply   Pin 3  OVL          Replace the  connection cable        44205401TH Rev 1    168            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item    Check work     7 1 4  Check the system connection    Action to be taken  at NG       Signal cable for relay  board  EXIT sensor  cable    Check that FFC is normally inserted at the  RELAY connector    of the CU PU board and at  the PU IF connector  20    Check that the relay board and the EXIT sensor  are normally connected     Normalize the  connection  condition     Check item     7 2 2  Check condition of    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work    the mechanical parts    Action to be taken  at NG       Sensor lever of the  paper exit sensor    Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Re
10.        eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 98  5343 SWITCH SCAM MOST iia diari ide iaa db anus 99  53 L4   Motor Clutch testimonio ias 101  S349 TeSt priini CPP CU 103  5 3 1 6 Color registration correction teSt           ccccccecsseceeeeseeseeeeeeeneeessneeeessees 107  5 3 7 Density correction test iia aii 108  5 3 1 8 Consumable item counter display          cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeee 110  5 3 1 9 Number of print copies counter display         oo oonnonccnnnccccnnocccnnnaninnnn nos 111  5 3 1 10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode           111  5 3 1 11 Self diagnostic function SettinQ     oooonccnnnnnnnnnnnccnnconccnrccnarananccnannnnn 112  5 3 1 12 LED head serial number display     ooooooconncccononcconocancnnonnnnonnnonana conan nos 113  5 3 1 13 NVRAM parameter Setting      ooooocccinnnccnnncccnnoncncnnonnnnnann crono no nana nnnnnnno 113  5 3 2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit    oooooncccnnnncnnnconnancccos 113  5 3 3 Functions of keys at power ON cooccinoccccnoncnononcnonnnnnonananonnoncnnnnnn nn nnnnnnnnn nn 114  5 4 Setups upon completion of part replace Met ooocccncccinccnocccnonncancnonnnnnnccnnccnnnos 115  5 4 1 Precautions when replacing the CU PU board c occoconccinnccinccncccnocananccnnnans 115  5 5 Density control manual SettiNg          cooonnoccnnnnnnncconnsecconnnrcnnn none nnacecnnnncrnnarenenaos 117  5 6 Printer DOOUMONUlllSthesseccsces cuesces casseecaneatingsereneageecenvais a aaa 118  6  Periodi
11.       Check Duplex Unit  Paper Remain    Please see HELP for details    Additional paper is detected when a  paper jam has occurred   Error 641   J5  Duplex Reversal  Path  Error 642   J3  Duplex Transport  Path       Toner Sensor Error   COLOR              Indicates that the toner sensor has  detected the error    Error 540   Yellow   Error 541   Magenta   Error 542   Cyan   Error 543   Black       Open Cover  Paper Jam  Top Cover    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that jam has occurred in the  paper path    Error 381   Transport   Error 382   Exit   Error 383   Duplex Entry   Error 385   Fuser Unit   Error 389   Printing Page Lost       Check Duplex Unit  Paper Jam    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that jam has occurred in the  vicinity of Duplex unit     Error 370   Duplex Reversal  Error 371   Duplex Input       Open Cover  Paper Jam  Front Cover    Please see HELP for details             Indicates that jam has occurred in the  vicinity of Duplex unit     Error 372   Misfeed from Duplex             44205401TH Rev 1    142            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display on operator panel    Install Duplex Unit    Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    Contents    Indicates that the Duplex unit is  removed    If this error is detected  printing is  stopped     Code nnn       Install New Image Drum  Image Drum Life   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Informs the image drum has reached  end of line  alarm     When the cover is opened cl
12.       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor 1   that of the paper  entrance sensor 2  and that of the WR  sensor     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor with the  good sensor  lever         4 2 3  Motor operation check       Paper feed motor    Confirm that the paper feed motor works  normally by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the  self diagnostic mode     Replace the  CU PU board  or  replace the paper  feed motor        Paper feed motor  driver    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 1     FG  Several MQ between pin 2     FG  Several MQ between pin 3     FG  Several MQ between pin 4     FG             Replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    163            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item    Check work     4 2 4  Check the system connection    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check the connection condition of the cable   Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector   is inserted in a slanted angle or not  Check  also that cables are assembled without any  abnormality     Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check that any cable is not pinched during  assembling of the printer    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    o
13.       DLCODE     1  Size error   2  Checksum error   3  Printer model number error  4  Module I F version error   5  FAT version error    Code nnn    Display on operator panel    Turn off power  Shutdown completed    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents Code nnn    Indicates that the shut down process  of a printer is complete    The LCD backlight turns off            Wait a Moment  Program Data Writing    Indicates that writing of the NIC  program data for upgrading is in  progress     Power Off and Wait for a  while    126 Condensing Error    Dew condensation error  This error  is handled in the same way as the  service call error though display only  is different      The Fatal Errors are not supported  by the various languages              Power Off On  Program Data Written OK    Indicates that writing of the NIC  program data for upgrading is in  complete     Power Off On  nnn Fatal Error    Indicates that a fatal error has  occurred    For detailed contents  refer to   Service Calls List      The Fatal Errors are not supported  by the various languages           Check Data    Program Data Write Error   lt nnn gt     Indicates that an error has occurred  during writing of the NIC program  data for upgrading      DLCODE     1  Memory allocation error   2  Download file error   3  Device free space acquisition error  4  Device insufficient free space error  5  File write error   6  CU F W mismatch error    Service Call  nnn Fatal Error   
14.       F About Internet Explorer       NCSA Mosaic TM   was 4  developed at the National Center for Supercomputing    Applications at the University of Illinois at Urbana    Champaign       Ay          7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    For Netscape  Launch the web browser and select  HELP      gt   Netscape    Recommended version is Netscape 6 and higher   Solution   Install the newest web browser     If any version that is older than the recommended version is used   communication can become possible sometimes when the encryption  strength is set to  Weak   If the encryption strength is set to  Weak    security level lowers  To change the encryption strength  refer to  section  7 5 4 1 4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer               44205401TH Rev 1    191            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          7 5 4 1 4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer Change encryption strength with AdminManager  1  Launch AdminManager and select  by highlighting  a desired printer from the    Version display of the browser that is confirmed by section  7 5 4 1 3 Check version printer list     number of the Web browser  has description on encryption strength of the browser   The browser in which the encryption strength is not set to 128 bits  the browser cannot  establish communication with the printer in which the encryption strength is not set to   Standard      Either  upgrade the browser until it supports 128 bits  high encryption  or 
15.       Minimum paper  size    Thickness of  paper    Tray 1   Tray 2 option   Tray 3 option   MPT    Tray 1   Tray 2 option   Tray 3 option   MPT    A5   A5   A5  Postcard    64g m  220g m   64g m  220g m   64g m  220g m   64g m  250g m        Control panel    LCD    Resolution 128x64 dot graphic panel  Paper size is not displayed       LED  color     2  Greenx1  dark umbarx1              Switch       8       44205401TH Rev 1    11           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Division    Status switch    Paper out    1  Configuration    Division    Have Option       SENGO Paper low     can be  removed     None       Toner low    Have  Y  M  C  K        Cover open    Have       Temperature of fuser    Have       Paper size    Have  Manual setting        Stacker full    Have       Communication   Standard  interface  On the PCB     RAM    256 512MB DIMM       SD memory card  It is possible to be  installed by user    16GB or 32GB SD memory card       Tray mechanism    2nd tray mechanism  3rd tray mechanism       Cassette    Universal  530 pieces        Double print unit    Standard  Option       Others    Not available       e Hi Speed USB  e Ethernet  e Centronics       Input and output  switch    Auto       Emulation Standard    PCL PCL5c  HP GL     PCL XL3 0    PostScript3  Clone        XPS       Emulation switch    Auto       Bitmap Typeface    Have       Scalable font    Have       Rasterizer    Have       Barcode    Have       OCR    Have       Japanese PCL font    Have       
16.      44205401TH Rev 1    199            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 4 6 Restrictions when using Internet Explore 7 Solution      Several restrictions are imposed when using Internet Explore 7  This is because security  restriction became more severe in IE7     7 5 4 6 1 Warning indication when SSL is made valid by self sign  certificate    When SSL is made valid by self sign certificate  the following picture is obtained when  web page is accessed  and page will not be displayed     OO  Emenee  he ore memes    D There is a problem with this website s security certificate     We recommend that you close this webpage and do not continue to this website   O Cack here to dose thes webpage   O Continue to thes website  not recommended        More information          Web display when SSL is made valid by self sign certificate    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    When  Continue browsing this site  not recommended   is clicked on the  warning screen  the web page will be displayed     However  it has no effect on the web page function  It can be used for browsing    or to change setting of printer setup        rs Tener Ost tor Cven   e Tener Low fee Magenta     Administrator Login  Printer name OKI 0711 040609  1P Address 292 168 100 100  MAC Address 00 80 87 84 96 09  Printers Location  Printer Serial Number ARO7003563  Printer Asset Number  Contact Kame     Administrator    Trayi Mr    tR  Port9100  F  o    NetWare  PServer    EtherTaik  NetBEUI       00o    eecok 
17.      5 3 1 13 NVRAM parameter setting   Press the ENTER key     Do not use this menu item  Demo print    Prints the demo patterns of the various destinations that are saved in the ROM   Operation       While the system is in the  Ready To Print  state  press the ENTER key once to  display  Print Information      Press the ENTER key     Press the MENU  key several times to display  Demo Page Execute      66060    Press the ENTER key        44205401TH Rev 1 113           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 3    Functions of keys at power on    Functions of the respective keys when the printer power is turned on are displayed below   Each of the following keys becomes valid if the key is kept pressed until  RAM Check  is  displayed in the upper row of LCD and the several asterisk     marks are displayed in the  lower row      1     MENU  key  amp  MENU  key  amp  ENTER key    The printer starts up in the CU program upgrade mode  If the printer starts up in  this mode  the network does not function     BACK key 8 ONLINE key 8 CANCEL key    The object that is added by the download mode is not started but the CU  program is started up     MENU  key 8 MENU  key  amp  HELP key  The system maintenance menu is started up   MENU  key 8 MENU  key  amp  ENTER key    The printer starts up in the mode that sets the printer in the on line mode all the  time by ignoring the warning error   Factory assistance function     ONLINE key    The printer starts up in the dedicated mode in which the ob
18.      Board PRZ  20     Toner Low Toner Low Toner Low Toner Low          CU PU board  Board IBD           A A A a Pe        SD Memory Card  OPTION                       Board RSF    Paper end sensor EH            LAN I F  USB I F  USB HOST I F               0  O D  CL1 IDFAN   STKFL    OPTION HP_PSZCL POWFAN POWER                Hopping sensor                a    Stackable  sensor             DUPLEX 2nd Tray  unit       44205401TH Rev 1 181            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3 Troubleshooting the abnormal images     1      2     Color has faded out and blurred entirely   Refer to Figure 7 2A   0    181   1 1  Color are faded out and blurred  0 0    eeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneees 181  Stain on white print  Refer to Figure 7 2B         c ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenees 182   2 1  Stain on white print  Partial Stain  0 0    eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeenees 182   2 2  Stain on white print  Overall Stain     eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeeeeneeteneeeeees 182  White print  Refer to Figure 7 2C           eccceeceesseseceeeseesseeeeaceesaeeeseeseeeeeeeseaeeeeess 183   3 1  White print over entire Page               ccceeccesscceeeseneeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeesceeeseeseeess 183  Black banding black streaking in vertical direction        ooononccnnoniconnncnnnncccnnoncncnnno 184   4 1  Thin vertical line  with color   Refer to Figure 7 2D   esenee 184   4 2  Thin vertical line  without color   Refer to Figure 7 2F           eee 184  Cyclic 
19.      Hatched portion  Default is shown       44205401TH Rev 1    112           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 5  Maintenance Menu          5 3 1 12 LED head serial number display 5 3 2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit  This self diagnostic menu item is used to check whether the downloaded LED head data  matches the serial number of the actual LED head  Menu map print    Information of the program version number and that of the control block configuration are  1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and press the MENU   MENU  key printed out     until  SWITCH SCAN  is displayed in the upper row of the display area  Operation    Pressing the MERU E Key mcrements te testitemana pressing Me MERNE Key  O While the system is in the  Ready To Print  state  press the ENTER key once to  CECI EME Nie ME test tem  display  Print Information     2  When the MENU  key or the MENU  key is pressed  serial numbers of the K Y   2  Press the ENTER key to display  Configuration Execute     M C LED head data are displayed in order     i   Press the ENTER key   3  Pressing the BACK key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1                  K  k ke KK KKK Network information print  Operation   XXXXXXXXXXXXX   While the system is in the  Ready To Print  state  press the ENTER key once to       display  Print Information    Press the ENTER key     we xx xx EE Rev number  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  serial number      Press the MENU  key several times to display  Network Execute 
20.      Note  CN6  A connector used to switch the AC input voltage setting  100V short plug is mounted  230V short plug is not mounted        44205401TH Rev 1    73            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 15 Guide eject Assy  Color regist Assy  Board PRY     1  Remove the left side cover  right side cover  rear cover  top cover Assy   See  section 4 2 3  4 2 4  4 2 6  4 2 9     2  Remove the control PCB and low voltage power supply   See section 4 2 8   4 2 14 3      3  Remove the connector of belt thermistor  remove the two torsion springs       and  disengage four claws  4 places  by minus driver  remove the cover driver        4  Remove the screws  3   silver  No 42920406  and connectors  6 places   remove  the Board PRY        5  Remove the two screws       silver  No 42920406  and remove the color regist  Assy        6  Remove the two screws     silver  No 42920406   remove the cable  8  of fuse  I F connector from clamp  and slide the claw of cable guide     to disengage   remove the guide eject Assy  0               Ol       4  Component replacement    DENS FUSER R  RCR o       44205401TH Rev 1    74            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 4  Component replacement          4 2 16 FAN Fuser    Belt motor  High voltage board  4 2 17 MPT Assy    Cover open switch   1  Open the MPT Assy        1  Remove the left side cover   See section 4 2 3   2  Remove the stoppers  2 places  while pushing the arms  2 places  on MPT   2  Remove the screw     silver  No 42920406  and connecto
21.      Remedial measure    Re install the ID  unit    Turn on the power  again    After checking  for the sure  connection of the  cable between  PRZ board and  CU PU board   replace the PRZ  board    Replace the CU   PU board     Display    Service call  167  Error    Thermistor  Slope Error    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Error details    Is the error message displayed   Does this error recur     Remedial measure    Turn on the power  again    After leaving a  printer for 30  minutes  turn on  the power again        Service call  168  Error  Note     Compensation  Thermistor  Error    Is the error message displayed   Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    After leaving a  printer for 30  minutes  turn on  the power again           Service call  154  Error    The belt unit  fuse has  blown out     Is the belt unit connected  normally     Does this error recur     Re install the belt  unit    Turn on the power  again    After checking   for the sure cable  connection   replace the CU PU  board     Service call  170  Error  171  Error  Note     Short circuit or  open circuit of  fuser thermistor  is detected     Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    Replace the fuser  unit           Service call  155  Error    The fuser  unit fuse has  blown out     Is the fuser unit installed  normally     Does this error recur     After cleaning   the connecting  connector of the  fuser unit  re install  the fuser unit    Turn on the power  again   
22.      The setting content print is started     Memo When printing the network setting information  2 pieces Network    Information   press the m gt  button after  2   and press down the  button after  Network  is displayed     A Demo page or a file list can be printed in the same way as Network does      C711n sample           Configuration    08 03 2000 14 18  crit       CU version C1 01   101 23 100 13 53 5 29 BO1 06 LO1 03 532MHz 14241000 00000001 F50 JO   PU version 00 03 14   P103 10 LO00 00 08 DU00 02 01   ET 000300000904031C291D10000000000F    PCL Program version 05 06   04 30 X04 02 P00 48 F00 48   IM version 01 02    PS Program version 8017  PSE13  Doplexinstalled Trayt A4   OEL POEO DPR 1562 MC CP   C 0 M 0 Y 0 K 0 KYMC 0000   Network version 01 00 Web Remote 01 02    ENGINE 57 K 1 C 50 T 0 0 0 1  1 0 0 0 0  B 0  F 0    Language format 1 00  Language version 1 00  Language JAPANESE       Configuration   Tray Count  Tray   58  MPTray  0   Supplies Life  Cyan Drum   Remaining 99    Magenta Drum  Remaining 99    Yellow Drum  Femaining 99    Black Drum   Remaining 99    Belt  Remaining 99    Fuser   Remaining 99    Cyan Toner  4 0K    Remaining 100    Magenta Toner  4 0K    Remaining 100    Yellow Toner  4 0K    Remaining 100    Black Toner  4 0K    Remaining 100     Network  Printer Name   OKI  C711 849C9B  Short Printer Name   C711 849C9B  IPv4 Address   169 254 112 104  Subnet Mask   255 255 0 0  Gateway Address   0 0 0 0  MAC Address   00 80 87 84 90 9B  Network FW V
23.      silver  No 42920406    2  After removing the cable  as shown in fig 2  push the LED assy     tightly in the    direction of arrow  Take the hook A out firstly  and then take the hook B out  at  last remove the LED assy      At this time  the two springs    is removed with LED Assy          3  As shown in fig 2  insert the minus driver into the hole A to disengage the claw A  2  place      4  Disengage the claw B  2 places  and pull the upper side of the rear cover   in  the direction of A     5  As shown in fig 3  push the lower side of the rear cover   in the direction of B     and disengage the claw C  3 places  to remove the rear cover     Top cover          Figure  2           Figure  2                       Claw C Figure  3        44205401TH Rev 1 67            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 8 Control PCB    Open the top cover   Remove the right side cover   See section 4 2 4   Remove the Rear cover   See section 4 2 6     Remove the eight screws C  silver  No 42920406   remove the connector and  disengage the claw A to take the plate shield   out     5  Remove the screw O  silver  No 42920406  and disconnect the head cable         6  Remove the six screws       silver  No 42920406  and all cables  and take the  control PCB    out     Note  To attach the head cable  insert the end of the film FG inside the plate   side R  preventing from touching the edge of the plate side R     Top cover       Front Sensor Cable   IN1  IN2  WR     Paper End  Hopping  Sensor Cab
24.     7 5 4 4 4 Installation of intermediate Certificate is desired    Some certification authorities use the procedure of installing the SSL server Certificate   printer Certificate  and the intermediate Certificate into printer as the same time   However  printer of this model supports installation of only a single Certificate   intermediate Certificate cannot be installed in printer  Be sure to install the SSL server  Certificate in printer    When installation of intermediate Certificate is required  install the intermediate Certificate  not in printer  but in client PC  browser     For the method of installing the intermediate Certificate in client PC  browser   refer to the  following     Installing the intermediate Certificate  or CA certificate  in client PC  browser       Procedure     1  Double click the intermediate Certificate  or CA certificate  that is issued by  certifying authority  on a client PC to display the intermediate Certificate  or CA  certificate     ex   For an example  the intermediate Certificate of Comodo has the text  PEM   format  ComodoJapanCA Crt  and the binary format  ComodoJapanCA cer   Either one of these formats can be opened   Same result can be obtained    Open either ComodoJapanCA crt or ComodoJapanCA cer     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    2  Press the  General  tab of the displayed Certificate information  and press   Install Certificate  button     Certificate    A   General Details Certification Path         Certificate I
25.     Deleting Encrypted  Job    Varies    It indicares the deletion of encrypted  authentication print job and saving of  deletion request of file              Erased Data Full    Varies    On    Indicates that a secret file waiting to  be erased is full                       Flash Error       Varies       Varies       PU flash error  Error has occurred  during re writing of the PU firmware     PUFLASH  is described below    PU   Tray2   Tray3   Duplex             44205401TH Rev 1    136            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              USB Hub Unsupported    Please detach it    Varies    Inspection  lamp    Details    Indicates a USB hub not supported  by the printer is connected to it  This  message is showing while the printer  has a connection to such a hub     Remedial  measure                   Unsupported USB  Device Detected    Please detach it    Varies    Indicates a USB device not supported  by the printer is connected to it  This  message is showing while the printer  has such a USB device connected to  it     Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              Print Restricted  Job  Rejected    Press ONLINE Button    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Notify user that the job is canceled  because the print permission is not  set   Job Account related     This error is kept displayed until the
26.     E     Web page display when  Continue browsing this site  not recommended   is clicked        44205401TH Rev 1    200            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 4 7 Network function restrictions on Sleep mode    Network functions restrict the Sleep mode of each printer as follows     7 5 4 7 1 Disabled Sleep mode     i      With IPSec enabled     With NetBEUI enabled    With NetWare enabled          BB 0 ND    With EtherTalk enabled  With a TCP connection established    al    Example  When a telnet or ftp connection to a printer is disconnected when the  time period that can elapse with the printer left unattended in a power  saving state before it enters the Sleep mode elapses  it enters the  Sleep mode       To enable the Sleep mode of a printer  disable IPSec  NetBEUI  NetWare and  EtherTalk for the printer     7 5 4 7 2 Disabled printing    While in the Sleep mode  printers cannot perform printing that uses any of the following  protocols     1  NetBEUI   2  NBT   3  NetWare   4  EtherTalk  1  5  Bonjour  1     1  Printers can perform printing in the Sleep mode when connected by using IP  Print of Mac OS X     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 4 7 3 Disabled discovery and setting options    By using any of the following functions or protocols  printers in the Sleep mode cannot be  discovered  and no settings can be made for them     1     NOOO fF WD                                  2     PnP X  UPnP  Bonjour  LLTD  FLDP  ODNSP  JCP  MIB  2    Informati
27.     For Windows Server 2003  click  on  start    gt   printers and faxes      For Windows 2000  click on  start     gt   Settings    gt   printers       Click the  C711 PS   icon with  right click button on your mouse  and choose the  Properties         Choose  get information from  printer  from  installable options   in  Device options  tab  and click   setup  or  get information from  printer   For USB connection  set   SD Memory card  as  Install   manually       Click  OK                 as  Gol        For Windows XP          gt   control panel    gt   printer     For Windows XP  click on  start     gt   control panel    gt   printer and  other hardware    gt   printers and  Faxes     For WindowsServer 2003  click on   start    gt   printers and faxes     For Windows 2000  click on  start     gt   Settings    gt   printers       Click  C711 PCL licon with right   click button on your mouse and  choose  Properties        Choose  get information from  printer  in  Device options  tab  For  USB connection  select the option   SD Memory card  manually     O Click  OK         44205401TH Rev 1    551          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          For Mac OS X    When the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X before installing the  printer driver  the device information is gotten automatically  However  if the printer is  connected by  IP print  and  Bonjour  Rendezvous    the device information could not    be gotten automatically     If the printer is connected by  AppleTa
28.    C711 MPS 11c  Maintenance Manual    020712B    Copyright Information    Copyright    2007 by Oki Data  All Rights Reserved    Disclaimer    Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete  accurate  and up to   date  The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control  The  manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and  referred to in this guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it  Mention of software products  manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer     While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible  we  make no warranty of any kind  expressed or implied  as to the accuracy or completeness of the information  contained herein     The most up to date drivers and manuals are available from the web site   http    www okiprintingsolutions com          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          PREFACE       This manual provides an overview of method for maintaining the C711n     This manual is intended for maintenance staff  For more information about how to operate  the C711n  please refer to User  s manual     Note      Manual may be revised and updated at any time without notice    e Unexpected mistakes may exist in the manual    OKI will not assume any responsibility whatsoever for damage to the  equipmentrepaired adjus
29.    Japanese PS font    Have    USB IF logo    Have       Windows logo    Have          UPS operation          The operation with UPS Uninterruptible Power  Supplies  is not guaranteed   Please do not use the UPS        44205401TH Rev 1    12            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 1  Configuration          1 5 Specification of interface       1 5 1 Specification of USB interface  2  Cable  The length of the cable  the cable of less than 5m with USB 2 0 spec   1 5 1 1 General of USB interface  Less than 2m is recommended    Please use the shielded wire for the cable     1  Spec   na ade eda 1 5 1 3 USB interface signal     2  Transmission mode  Full speed  Maximum 12Mbps 0 25    High speed Maximum 480Mbps 0 05        ES Signal name Function  4    Power   5V      3  Power control For data transmission  Self power device          For data transmission       Signal Ground    1 5 1 2 Connector and cable of USB interface       Shield           1  Connector    e Printer side  B Receptacle  female   Up stream port   UBR24 4K5C00  made by ACON   Equivalent goods    Connector pins array                                                       e Cable side  B plug male        44205401TH Rev 1 13           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 5 2 Specification of network interface    1 5 2 1 General of network interface    Spec     Network Protocol    TCP IP sepc     NBT NetBEUI   Netware     EtherTalk   IEEE802 1X     Network layer   ARP  IP  ICMP  IPv6  IPSec  Transfer layer   TCP  UDP  Application 
30.    Operator panel       Power part  High voltage part low voltage part        The Configuration of the printer is shown in Fig 1 2     Fig 1 2          8      44205401TH Rev 1    1  Configuration          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 3 Optional parts        4  SD memory card    The optional parts for this printer are shown as below      1  Optional tray second tray  third tray         2  Duplex Unit        3  Optional memory       9        44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 4 Specifications    Division    Dimension Width    435mm       Depth    536mm       Height    389mm       Weight    About 28kg       Width of print Width of print    Print speed Engine speed  A4     Letter size  vertical    34PPM Color   36PPM Mono        Print start First print time  Warmup time    Low noise mode    8sec mono   9sec color   A4     Not applicable       Resolution LED head    600dpi       Maximum input  resolution    600x1200dpi       Output resolution    Econo mode    True 600x1200dpi  True 600x600dpi    4 step 600x600dpi    Save toner by recreasing brightness    Division  Power  consumption    Input power supply    1  Configuration     120V 110 127VAC 10     230V 220 240VAC 10        Power save mode    Less than 15W       Sleep mode    About 0 9W  less than 1W  at AC120V  About 1W  less than 1 2W  at AC230V       Idle    100W  Average        Usual operation    600W  It differs from operating environment        Peak    1300W       Operating  environment   Temper
31.    Prints       Total number of print copies are  displayed        5  Maintenance Menu    5 3 1 10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode    This self diagnostic menu item is used to switch between the Factory mode and the  Shipping mode     1     Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and keep pressing the  MENU   or   MENU   key until the following message is displayed        FACTORY MODE SET                               2  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  the following message is displayed  Keep  pressing the  MENU   or  MENU   key until the target item  refer to the following  table  is displayed    FACTORY MODE  SHIPPING MODE i   3  While the desired item to set is being displayed  press the  ENTER  key that  enables selection of the setting values    4  While the desired setting value is being displayed  press the  ENTER  key for    long period  3 seconds  that registers the displayed value in EEPROM   Returns  to the status of step 2      5  Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required     Pressing the  BACK  key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      Display    FACTORY  MODE    Setting value    FACTORY MODE    Function    Sets the Factory working mode  fuse cut invalid  mode         SHIPPING MODE    Releases the Factory working mode to make the fuse  cut function valid        FUSE INTACT    Note     bin indicates  INTACT or BLOWN     BELT UNIT           Checks the fuse status of the transport belt unit        FUSE UNIT           Checks the 
32.    and remove the board PRZ       14  Remove the screw     silver  No 42920406   and remove the plate lockout ID     and four screws    silver  No 42920406   remove the inner plate  27     15  Remove the two screws  8 silver  No 42920406  and connector  and remove the  liftup motor  9     16  Remove the screw 60  silver  No 42920406  and remove the hopping motor 6      17  Remove the paper end sensor lever 62  remove the paper end sensor 63  and   remove the connector      18  Remove the hopping sensor lever 84  the hopping sensor lever spring     remove the hopping sensor 86 and remove the connector     4  Component replacement           RE3 SK                2 places  and install the   in position     Adjust the positions of the notches  DA A  2 places  and install the  8  in position    gt  L  A    UC Adjust the positions of the notches    partanna           44205401TH Rev 1    Td    4  Component replacement          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 20 Feed roller    o     o  wn  uN     o  o   lt      o   gt   o  E  o  ae       a      O   2  a   ST                    5  D  O   g       lt           gt   fa   E  D  _       lt       cc  o  2  s  o   lt   E       gt   fe   3  o      Y           O Side plate Assy    Latch    78         44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 21 Shaft eject Assy  FU   Shaft eject Assy FD  Eject  sensor    Remove the eject Assy   See section 4 2 15     an s  N    Se HS    Disengage the claws  2 places   and disassemble the 
33.    o  e  g 2  o    Ee  Cc   2 5  O  eE  EZ WA    Top cover                2  2       D   gt   2  x  O  O  4             Note  Cover the removed image drum cartridge with black paper        Black paper       64      44205401TH Rev 1    4  Component replacement          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 3 Left side cover    4 2 2 Fuser unit     1  Open the top cover      1  Open the top cover      2  Open the feeder unit      2  Push up the fix lever of fuser unit in the direction of arrow  and remove the fuser     3  Remove the screw     silver   and remove the left side cover        unit          Top cover  Pe p       Fix lever of fuser unit  blue        Feeder unit            Fix lever of fuser unit  blue          65      44205401TH Rev 1    4  Component replacement       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             4 2 5 Faceup tray    4 2 4 Right side cover     1  Draw out the Duplex unit         1  Open the top cover      2  Open the faceup tray   in the direction of arrow  and unlock the left and right     2  Open the feeder unit     pins while bending  Remove the faceup tray         and remove the right side cover        3  Loose the screw  silver  No 41723901     Top cover                 A     yy    MU  M  Y          os Y  INDIO  KI y    O       Feeder unit          66      44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 4  Component replacement          4 2 6 Rear cover 4 2 7 LED Assy  LED Assy spring   1  Open the faceup tray   1  Open the top cover   2  Remove the two screws
34.    way only or not  and check if the connector   is inserted in a slanted angle or not  Check  also that cables are assembled without any  abnormality     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     3 2 6  Check the system connection    Action to be taken  at NG       Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition     Paper feed clutch  cable       Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check that any cable is not pinched during  assembling of the printer    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the CU   PU board and check the followings at the cable  side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG  Short circuit between pin 2     FG  Short circuit between pin 3     FG  Short circuit between pin 4     FG    Check the connection condition of the cable   Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector   is inserted in a slanted angle or not  Check  also that cables are assembled without any  abnormality     Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition     Paper feed clutch  cable       Paper feed motor    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the CU   PU board and check that approx  3 4Q can be  measured between pin 1  pin 2 at the cable end   and that approx  5Q can be measured between  pin 3  pin 4 respectively     Replace the  paper feed motor         3 2 5  Solenoi
35.   425 FACCUD UAY  inscrit A od 66  1 5 2 1 General of network interfaCe   ooococccinninnnccinccnnoccnncccnnccnnncnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnno 14  1522 C dee of k interf 14 426  Rear COVER ic ties  ces icesencbhenteiesddicondele E dh psncee severest 67  ee els a a aie e 4 2 7 LED Assy  LED Assy Sprinig          ssssssssssssssssssessssssesssssessssssssinnssesseseeseteeseee 67  ei a of Pen Aas AOE moneen ee de 4 2 8 Control PCB cts sadis n A a asia 68  ne cee j P p ee A A ee 16 4 29     TOP COVA Visitado 69  E eA ons e a br A 16 4 2 10 TOP COVEF iii ani 70  a 4D pines o paa pre o A Ss Gis 16 422 81  Gontrol Panels Vier masta aaa 70  o ce   of ces A eecoe erste re toreceeetitteat e 420 Boi PRG  NCO serenatas 71  0  aa A inter Si a a a 16 4 213 Frame panel ASS vicio diia 72  1 5 4 4 Signal of interface     ooooonnocinncnnncnonccnnnonooccnnnnnnonnnonnnnnncn nan nnnnc cnn cnnnc aran nano 4 2 14 Low voltage power supply Low voltage FAN  Hopping motor  Fuse motor 73   2  Operating insStructiONS      ccconccccnnccnnnccncnnccnnncncncnannnnnnannnanennnn 17 4 2 15 Guide eject Assy  Color regist Assy  Board PRY cocino 74  2 1 Electrophotographic processing MechaniSM  ooooncccncccnnoncccnnocnnnnnn conan conan ncnnnn nn 18 4 2 16 FAN Fuser    Belt motor  High voltage board  Cover open switch                15   fags AP NT  MPT ASSY ct say cxtevetee cs ii da it 75  2 2 Printing   PLOCOSS src sci scinceectes andes rl saiteas O ia aid 22    4 2 18 Cover Assy front  Board RSF MPT hopping roller    SUP 
36.   Dup IN sensor  lever       DUP IN sensor    Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode     Replace the  Duplex board   V7Y PCB     or replace the  defective sensor  or connection  cable         8 3 2  Motor operation check       Duplex motor       Check if the paper reversing operation is started  or not by visual inspection when viewing through  slit of the rear cover    If the paper reversing operation is not started   check if movement of the planetary gear inside  the Duplex unit is unsmooth or not           Replace the  planetary gear        44205401TH Rev 1    171            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           8 4  Two sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit     Check item    Check work     8 4 1  Sensor lever operation check    Action to be taken  at NG       Dup R  Dup F  sensor lever    Remove the Duplex unit and check movement of  the sensor lever     Replace the  sensor lever         8 4 2  Sensor check       Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal       Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode    For all sensors except the Dup IN sensor  check  the detection condition of the respective sensor  in the two status  One is the status in which  paper remains inside the Duplex unit  The other  is the status in which paper is removed from the  Duplex unit         8 5  Paper is
37.   ON LINE key is pressed     Remedial  measure    e Set the user  ID of the job  account in the  printer driver    e If the user ID  has been set  in the driver   confirm the  user ID and its  setting with the  job account  ministrator                       Collate Fail Too Many  Pages    Press ONLINE Button    Varies    Varies    Indicates that the MOPY memory is  data full  This error is kept displayed  until the ON LINE key is pressed     Reduce the  number of  pages that  are going to  be printed at  once                    Statistics Log Buffer is  Full    Press ONLINE Button                Color Restricted  Mono  Printed    Press ONLINE Button    Indicates that the free space of the  storage device is too small to execute  PRINT STATISTICS SYSTEM     Notifies users that jobs have been  printed in monochrome because they  are not permitted for color printing    Related to JobAccount      Stays displayed until the ONLINE  button is pressed                 Log Buffer is Full  Job  Rejected    Press ONLINE Button    Varies    Notify user that the job is canceled  because the log buffer is full   Job  Account related    This error is kept displayed until the  ON LINE key is pressed     Executeto   Acquire  immediately   on the server  PC of the  print job  accounting                       Color Restricted  Job  Rejected    Press ONLINE Button       Varies          Notifies users that jobs have been  cancelled because they are not  permitted for color printing   Related  to J
38.   R551  R549    RM528 sg CS    o  RM29 Ty usos  M524    RM523          C542                            R692  R691                                             es       JR652  R651  C681   El  R688                                                                R618  R617          R62   R6241  R62   R62   R621  R62  R714  R71  c7i  l                0545    C539  R5350                      0541                C506                   R5061  R505                          R616  C676  R615  C675  R614  R61                                           R602                                           R601  1600  R599  671  R598  1597  E                Rs92                                              an                C549             C55    U  Q501       C551                      R537    R529 R528                         D506    C511  O     R515    E303  R502                       c502  C  so1  Cocso1    D504             g    8  Connection diagrams                           R514                R513                 44205401TH Rev 1    210           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           2  Rellay PCB    Component side                                                 Soldering side                            BFUCUT       8  Connection diagrams       44205401TH Rev 1    211           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 8  Connection diagrams           3  Both sided Printing Control PCB    Component side Soldering side                                                                                                   
39.   Remove the rear cover   See section 4 2 6    4    5     Notes    Perform the following RFID circuit behavior check after replacement of  the top cover assy    e By executing RFID COLOR for the switch scan test described in 5 3 1 3   check that the printer can display UID   H for each of cyan  magenta   yellow and black with nonempty consumable cyan  magenta  yellow and  black toner cartridges installed in it  The printer cannot detect the UID  usage for a color with a starter toner cartridge installed for the color   Note the printer   s starter cartridge for a color cannot be reinstalled in it  once replaced with an empty consumable toner cartridge for the color           44205401TH Rev 1 69      4  Component replacement       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             4 2 11 Control panel Assy    4 2 10 Top cover     1  Open the top cover      1  Remove the top cover Assy   See section 4 2 9      2  Insert the minus driver into the upper side of the slit  3 places  to disengage the     2  Remove ten screws  1   Black  No 42932708   and remove the top cover        claws on the control panel Assy  D  remove the connector and take the control    panel Assy    out                          70      44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 12 Board IBG  LCD     1  Remove the control panel Assy   See section 4 2 11     2  Remove the screws  black  No 42932708     2 places   remove the connector  and cable of LCD   and remove the Board IBG        3  Remove the screws  b
40.   Service call  040  Error    CU EEPROM  Error    Does the error display recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU PU  board        Service call  041  Error    CU Flash  Error     Flash ROM  Error on the  CU board    Does the error display recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU PU  board     Restart the printer   073  Error xxxxxxxx    Video Error  Error is  detected  when  expanding the  video data      Illegal data is  received      Is the CU PU assembly installed    normally     Does this error recur     Re install the  CU PU assembly  normally   Change the PC  with another   PC having high  specifications  or  alternately reduce  resolution power  and execute the  print again   Replace the CU   PU board        Replace the  interface cable   Re install the PC  printer driver        Is the CU PU assembly installed    normally     Does this error recur     Does the error depend on print  data     Re install the  CU PU assembly  normally    Execute the print  again    Print any other  data    Replace the CU   PU board    Send the data to  design division and  request analysis of  the data           Service call  042  Error     043  Error  045  Error       Flash File  System Error       Failed to access to the Flash    ROM that is directly soldered to    the CU PU board           Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU PU  board        Restart the printer     074  Error xxxxxxxx  0
41.   Varies    Density correction ID ERROR 2   This error occurs when abnormal  density due to the LED head focus  error is detected   Extremely stained  LED head    Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black                      Density Color  Calibration Error    Density correction color calibration  error   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment                 Varies       Density Color Sensor  Error          Varies       Density correction color sensor error  Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment                     COLOR  Low  Density Error             Density correction ID ERROR    This error occurs when abnormal  density is detected when stain has  occurred in print due to ID error    Extremely out of focus     Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black             44
42.   aci oir dd 94  Maintenance Menu fUNCHIONS     ooococccnnncccccnccnnonaccnccnananancnnonannnnno 96  Setups upon completion of part replacement    115  Density control manual setting       oconoccnnoncccnnonccnnoncnnnnrnccnnan nono 117    Printer boot ment liinda 118          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 1 System maintenance menu  for maintenance engineer     5  Maintenance Menu       While pressing the MENU  and MENU  keys  turn on the power to enter the maintenance menu   The menu indications are shown in English only regardless of the destination of the printer     Note  The system maintenance menu is internally use only  and should not be    Category    Category    disclosed to end user because destination and other parameters can be  modified using this menu     Table 5 1 Maintenance menu function table    Item Value      Hine   eng Hne  ES    Enter 000  Enter the password to enter the system maintenance  Password 000  menu    Default value is  000000     A password can be entered in the range of 6  to  12 digit alphanumeric    For more details  refer to the  Password  sheet     ltem   1st Line     Format  Flash ROM    Value   2nd Line     Execute    Function    Initializes flash ROM  Pressing the Enter button for  this option displays the confirmation message   Are You Sure     Yes  No    Selecting No restores the last menu view  Selecting  Yes exits the menu  starting formatting an  on board   flash device resident in the printer       Never use the option        R
43.   all simultaneously     Because this pattern of pressing the multiple  switches at the same time at power on is not  disclosed to user  this status will not occur in the  user environment        44205401TH Rev 1    130            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Normal    Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  Ready To Print    Inspection  lamp    Details    Indicates that a printer is in the Online  status     Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  Remedial    measure E  Printing  TRAY      Varies    Inspection  lamp    Varies    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Indicates that a printer is in the midst of  printing job     Remedial  measure       Printing Demo Page       Offline    Indicates that a printer is in the Offline  status       The Ready LED is turned off all the  time during Offline     To start    Varies    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst of  printing demo page        printing  from a PC     Print Font    Varies    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst of  printing menu map        press the  ON LINE  button to  enter the  ON LINE  state     Print Network Config    Varies    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst of  printing the network setting    When the menu  Information Menu        Network  is selected  printing of the  network setting starts        File Accessing    Data Arrive Varies    Varies    Indic
44.   execution from the  maintenance DI AGNOSTI CMODE  utilities cannot  5e made  XX  XX  XX FACTORY SHI PPI NG                Color registration REG ADJUST TEST   Color registration mechanism   No 20  correction test check       3  XXX XX XX of the message  DIAGNOSTIC MODE XX XX XX  that is displayed  on the LCD display area indicates the PU firmware version number  The    E ONE a FACTORY WORKING MODE setup value is displayed in the right of the lower  onsumable item NSUMABLE onsumable items No 23    io di  counter display STATUS consumption status display row  S MODE of  SHIPPING  is displayed normally     Density correction   DENS ADJ TEST Density correction mechanism  No 21  test check          Consumable item   PRINTER STATUS ENE No 23 4  Press the MENE key or MENU  Key to advance to the desired step of each  accumulative accumulative consumption self diagnostic menu   The menu items rotate when either the MENU  key or  counter display status display MENU  key is pressed     Factory Shipping FACTORY MODE Switching between the No 3  No 24    mode selection SET Factory mode and the r i    Shipping mode 5 3 1 2 2 How to exit the self diagnostic mode    FUSE status Respective FUSEs status No 24  check display             1  Turn off the power once and back on 10 seconds later        Engine parameter   SENSOR SETTING _   Valid Invalid setups of error No 25  setting detection by various sensors       NVRAM parameter   NVRAM Do not use this item Use of this  setting PARAMETER menu
45.   ocn    175   15 1  Service call 131 to 134  LED HEAD MisSiNQ    ccioconncccnnninncnnnnccnoncnnncncnncon 175   16  Toner cartridge cannot be recognized   error code 540  541  542  543  0 0    176   16 1  Error caused by the consumable items     ooooooocccccnnicccccncononocccnnonananoccnncnnno 176   16 2  Error caused by the toner sensor c ooocccccccccncccccccnccanancccnncnannncconcnnnnncccnnnnnns 176   16 3  Error caused by the defective mechanism                   cccceceeeteeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 177   17  Fuse cut error  error codes 150 to 155    2      eeeececeesceecseeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeenees 177  AN  FUSE CUTIQTIOR seaprae niarra raaa AEO EN 177   18  Humidity sensor error  error code 123   0       eeceeececeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenneeees 178   18 1  H  midity Sensor GION micci  n anata e 178   19  Wining diagrames tree a creer rrr rrere E E reenter 179    Note  When replacing the CU PU board  read the EEPROM chip contents of the  old board first  and copy them to the new board upon completion of the  replacement   Refer to section 5 4 1 Precautions when replacing the engine  control board         44205401TH Rev 1    150            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   1  LCD display error    Memo For the numbers from C  through   after name of the respective connectors     refer to section 7 5 2  19   Wiring diagram       1 1  LCD does not display anything     Check item     1 1 1  Check the fuse     Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       F
46.   other model is  detected     Is the Duplex unit for that  specific model installed     Install the correct  duplex unit     Service call  126  Error    Dew  condensation  of the printer  is detected     This error can easily occur  when a printer is brought in to  indoor from outdoor    Leave the printer for 2 hours  or half day under room  temperature  and turn on the  power again    Does this error recur     After leaving a  printer under room  temperature  turn  on the power  again    Replace the control  panel board           Service call  112  Error    2nd tray for  other model is  detected     Is the 2nd tray for that specific  model installed     Install the correct  2nd tray        Service call  113  Error    3rd tray for  other model is  detected     Is the 3rd tray for that specific  model installed     Install the correct  3rd tray     Service call  127  Error    Fuser exhaust  fan error    Is the fan connector connected  normally     Does this error recur     Re connect it  normally   Replace the fan  motor    Replace the CU   PU board           Service call  121  Error    High voltage  power supply  interface error     Is the cable connecting the CU   PU board to the high voltage  unit connected normally    Have you checked defective  contact of contactor points     Note     Re connect them  normally    Check for defective  contact of the high  voltage system   Replace the high  voltage power  supply     Service call  128  Error    ID cooling fan  error    Is t
47.   the message  Ready To Print  would be displayed  on the control panel shown as follows   Note  When the printer is getting cold  it may lead to error if the power is turned  on   Error number 126 171 175 177 320   At this time  please turn off the  power and wait for a while  and then turn on the power again        44205401TH Rev 1    44            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up          Turn the power off  When you do not use the printer for long time    Note   f you turn off the power without properly shutting down  it may cause    ee the printer  Please follow the following procedure to turn the Unplug the power cord if you do not use the printer for a long time  long vacation or travel etc    power off     Install the stopper to the fuser     Please explain to the customer about the following items      1  A message  Shut down Yes No  appears  Be sure Yes is selected and press the    s   Q i eet Note  Please remove the ground terminal after pulling the power plug out    l   of the power outlet   A message  Shutting down  appears  the printer being shutting down      Back  button                Note  Even if the power plug of this printer is pulled out for a long time  four  weeks or more   the functional problems will not be caused easily   However  please explain to the customer that the deterioration of  consumable such as toners and the image drums is not guaranteed         2  If the message  Turn off power Shutdown completed  is displayed  press down  the power swi
48.  1          Section 5 1 ENG  STATUS PRINT       44205401TH Rev 1    94            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Menu  setup value  confirmation    Adjustment contents    Displays the setup values that have been  set in the printer  CU      Maintenance  Utilities  Operation  Manual item  number    Section  2 4 1 3 2    Operation on the  operator panel  Item  number corresponds    to that of the    Maintenance Manual      Menu map print     Refer to the User s    Manual      Engine  parameter  setting    Adjustment contents    Setting values of the engine parameter  items    Maintenance  Utilities  Operation  Manual item  number    Section  2 4 1 5 8    5  Maintenance Menu    Operation on the  operator panel  Item  number corresponds   to that of the  Maintenance Manual         Printer  information  confirmation    Verifies the Mac address and various F W  versions of the printer     Section  2 4 1 3 3    Menu map print     Refer to the User s    Manual         Verifies the  installed  CPU   memory  values     Verifies the CPU information of if the  installed CPU and information of the  installed memory     Section  2 4 1 3 4    Menu map print     Refer to the User s    Manual         Test print    Executes the local print function  and  sends the specified file     Adjustment objective  Checks operation of  the printer as the standalone printer  and  sends the downloaded file     Section  2 4 1 4 1    Local print     Refer to the system    specification         Switch scan  t
49.  1    62            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           Maintenance tool     The required tools for replacing the PCB and the unit are shown in Table 4 1 1                 Maintenance tools    No  2 200    Magnetic driver    Table 4 1 1 Maintenance tools     Amount    Purpose          No  3 100 Driver          No  5 200 Driver    Table 4 1 2 required tools    Maintenance tools    Notebook    Please install  the maintenance            utility     Amount    4  Component replacement    The required tools for using the maintenance utility are shown in Table 4 1 2         Purpose    Refer to the  chapter   5 2 for the  maintenance  utility           Digital multimeter    USB cable             Note  Use the specified cleaner corresponding to the toner  It may cause a fire       Combination pliers    Handy cleaner  the  type corresponds to  the toner     E Ring pliers          when using a general purpose cleaner     For E ring  detaching       Refer to the    following note           Ethernet cable   Cross cable                 44205401TH Rev 1    63      4  Component replacement       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             4 2 Method of component replacement    2 places  of the belt unit   in the direction of arrow    a and hold the lever  blue  to remove the belt unit      3  Rotate the lock lever  blue    In this chapter  the replacement of parts and assemblies is described by the disassemble    figures           4 2 1 Belt unit       Y  S    AVAVA                        Oc   gt    o  gt
50.  25 2004 to 12 31 2049             7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    3  The  Certificate Import Wizard  is displayed  Install Certificate in accordance  with the displayed procedure  Select  Automatically select the certificate  store based on the types of certificate   Then  the Certificate will be installed  automatically     Welcome to the Certificate Import  Wizard    This wizard halos you copy certificates  certificate trust  lists  and cortificate revocation bts from your disk to a  contificate store     Acertificate  which is issued by a certification suthork y  is   a confirmabion of your identity and contains information   used to protect data or to establish secure network   NO Taars  ore kept     To continue  cick Next        Fee ES  xk Cancel              Certificate Store  Costficata stores ara system arans whare certificates are kapt     Windows can automatically select a certificate store  or you can spedfy a location for    solect the certificate store based on the type of    O Pisce all certificates in the folowing store       7 5 4 5 7 The error message  Name of security certificate is invalid or  does not match the site name  is displayed     It means that the IP address of printer is different from the IP address that is described on  certificate  or from the IP address when the certificate is created     Solution   Return the IP address of printer back to the address when self sign  certificate is created  or to the address when CSR is created   
51.  After checking   for the sure cable  connection   replace the CU PU  board     Service call  172  Error  173  Error    The fuser  thermistor  has detected  an abnormal  temperature   high  temperature  or low  temperature      Does this error recur     Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    Replace the fuser  unit    Replace the low  voltage power  supply unit        Service call  174  Error    The backup  roller  thermistor is  detected of its  short circuit    At high  temperature     Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    Replace the fuser  unit           Service call  160  Error   163  Error       Toner sensor  detection  error    160 Y   161 M   162 C   163 K  This  error does  not occur with  the default  settings        Is the toner cartridge installed     Is the lock lever of the toner  set     Does this error recur           Install the toner  cartridge    Rotate the lock  lever of toner to the  lock position    Turn on the power  again    Replace the toner  sensor assembly        Service call  175  Error  Note        The backup  roller  thermistor   is detected   of its open   circuit   At low  temperature        Does this error recur           Turn on the power  again    Replace the fuser  unit           44205401TH    147            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display    Service call  176  Error  177  Error    The backup  roller  thermistor  has detected  an abnormal  temperature   high  temperature  or low  temperature      Error 
52.  DATA 8    Bi direction    It is parallel data of 8 bits  The high level is     1   and the Low level is    0         nAck PtrClk     FROM  PRINTER    It is a signal that shows the data reception  completion        Busy PtrBusy     FROM  PRINTER    It is a signal that shows if the printer is  receiving the data  Data cannot be received  when it is at the high level        PError   AckDataReq     FROM  PRINTER    The paper error is shown when it is at the  high level        Select Xflag     FROM  PRINTER    When parallel interface is effective  it is  always in high level state        nAutoFd HostBusy     TO PRINTER    It is used by the bidirectional communication        GND    Not use  Signal ground       FG    Chassis ground        5V    FROM  PRINTER    It cannot supply power outside        GND    Signal ground       ninit nInit     TO PRINTER    The printer is initialized with the low level        nFault nDataAvail     FROM  PRINTER    When the printer is in alarm state  it  becomes low level        GND    Signal ground       Not use       HILEVEL    FROM  PRINTER    It is pulled up to  5V at 3 3KQ in the printer        nSelectin   IEEE1284 active           TO PRINTER          It is used by bidirectional communication  It  must be low level when it is in compatible  mode     Notes    The signal name showed in the bracket is a signal name in nibble mode   e It only describes the function in compatible mode     The nibble mode of IEEEstd1284 1994 regulated by Institute of El
53.  Do not expose the OPC drum to the direct sunlight     3  The fuser unit will be hot  Do not touch     4  Do not expose the image drum to any light for 5 minutes or longer under the  normal room temperature     7 4 Preparation for troubleshooting     1  Display on the Operator Panel  Error status of this printer is displayed on the LCD  Liquid crystal display  of the  Operator Panel   Take appropriate troubleshooting action in accordance with the message  displayed on the LCD        44205401TH Rev 1 128            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 Troubleshooting method    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure       When a trouble occurs in this printer  perform troubleshooting by following the steps    described below         Trouble occurs                The trouble that is  displayed by the  LCD message        Use the  LCD message  list  and perform  troubleshooting   Refer  to 7 5 1       gt         Perform more detailed  troubleshooting using the  Troubleshooting Flow   Refer  to 7 5 2         Abnormal printed  image  and the    gt  trouble that is not  displayed by the  LCD messages                           Perform more detailed  troubleshooting using the  Troubleshooting Flow   Refer  to 7 5 3            7 5 1 LCD message list    Initializing    Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  PLEASE WAIT    Inspection  lamp    Details    It is displayed until the RAM expansion of the CU  program is in progress        Initializi
54.  Down sensor  lever  unified  structure with the left  link lever     Up Down sensor    Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode    Check if the SCAN state changes or not when  the incoming light is interrupted passed by using  a piece of paper or the like for the transparent  type sensor            10 2  Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit    Check item     10 2 1  Check the mecha    Check work    nical load during the Down movement       Replace the left  link lever     Replace the high  voltage board     Action to be taken  at NG       Mechanical load  during installation  and removal of the  ID unit    Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when  removing the ID unit     Replace the ID  unit  or replace  the right left side  plate        Greasing to the right  and left Up Down  link levers    Check if the slant surface of the link lever is  coated by grease or not     Apply grease        Assembled condition  of the right and left  Up Down link levers    Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of  link lever  that hampers movement of the link  lever              Assemble them  correctly        44205401TH Rev 1    173            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   11  Fuser unit error  error 170 to 177    11 1  Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on     Check item    Check w
55.  FFC         17 1 2  Fuse cut circuit       CU PU board       Upon completion of the system connection check   turn off the power once and back on  The  check  if the error occurs or not           Replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    179            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   18  Humidity sensor error  error code 123      18 1  Humidity sensor error    Check item     18 1 1  Check the system    Check work    connection    Action to be taken    at NG       Connection between  the CU PU board  and Operator Panel    Check if the 11 conductor FFC is connected  to the OPE connector  4 of the CU PU board  normally or not    Check if the 11 conductor FFC is connected  to the CN1 connector   of the Operator Panel    board normally or not    Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector is  inserted in a slanted angle or not     Re connect the  cable normally        FFC connecting the  CU PU board and  the Operator Panel  board          Check for open circuit with VOM   Check that peeling off of sheath does not occur  in any cables by visual inspection        Replace the FFC  with the normal  FFC        Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     18 1 2  Environment condition    Action to be taken  at NG       Sharp change  of environment  condition       Is the environment condition changed sharply  from a low temperature environment to a high  environment condition within a short ti
56.  FINE ADJ M    Y R       REG ADJ Y L R X    FINE ADJ M    XL        REG ADJ M L R X    FINE ADJ M    X R        REG ADJ C L R X    FINE ADJ C    Y L        CRSE ADJ Y  Y L   CRSE ADJ Y  Y R     FINE ADJ C  FINE ADJ C    L       CRSE ADJY  X     FINE ADJ C       CRSE ADJ M  Y L     FINE ADJ C          CRSE ADJ M  Y R     FINE ADJ C             DENS ADJ  RESULT  3    AUTO  CALIBRATION    Items of  3    LEVO V D OUT K  LEVO V D OUT K     MENU     CONSUMABLE  STATUS    Note     To reset the parameter     press  ENTER  long   10 sec   NBC      MENU       MENU     Menu items can be selected by pressing either  MENU   or  MENU   key  and executed by pressing  ENTER       MENU        MENU      MENU    MENU    FACTORY    PRINTER STATUS  MODE SET    5  Maintenance Menu    Menu items can be entered by pressing of  ENTER  or  BACK   and can be selected by pressing of  MENU   or  MENU     The test can be executed by pressing  ENTER   and can be exited by pressing  BACK      ENGINE DIAG LEVEL1     MENU                MENU       MENU    IES  PARAMETER    SENSOR  SETTING    LED HEAD  DATA          K IMPRESSIONS  Y IMPRESSIONS  MENU  FACTORY MODE  M IMPRESSIONS  5    C IMPRESSIONS FUSE INTACT    TOTAL SHEETS CNT  6     MENU          FACTORY MODE SET setting items  Items of  5    FACTORY MODE  FACTORY MODE    SHIPPING MODE       Factory working mode  Releasing the Factory working  mode          Note   To reset the parameter  press  ENTER  long   3 sec   NBC      FUSE INTACT setting items  Item
57.  Indicates that a fatal error has  occurred    For detailed contents  refer to   Service Calls List      The Fatal Errors are not supported  by the various languages           Wait a Moment  Rebooting  lt n gt     Indicates the reboot of the controller  unit is progress      CODE  is a decimal value  single  digit  indicating cause of the reboot      0    Reboot that is resulted from a  cause other than the below        Reboot by the PUL command       Reboot caused by the menu  change       Reboot caused by the network  utilities  including web     Service Call  nnn Fatal Error      Indicates that a fatal error has  occurred    For detailed contents  refer to   Service Calls List     The asterisk mark     indicates the  detailed information     The Fatal Errors are not supported  by the various languages        Power Off On  nnn Fatal Error  PC nnnnnnnn  LR nnnannnnn  FR nnnnnnnn    Indicates that a fatal error has  occurred    For detailed contents  refer to   Service Calls List      nnnnnnnn  indicates the detailed  information     The Fatal Errors are not supported  by the various languages           Shutting down             Indicates that a printer is shutting  down    The shut down process is started by  pressing the BACK button for more  than 4 seconds upon completion of  printer initialization process        Power Off On  209 Download Error                Indicates failure of the Media table  downloading to PU     Custom Media Type related     The Fatal Errors are not
58.  Signal Name  VBUS Power supply  5V   Pp TC Fr data transfer    For data transfer  Signal ground Shell  Shell Shield Shield       4  Conector pin arrengement    f L                                                                            5     Connecting device  ODC authorized card reader writer  Maximum current supplied to the printer  100 mA    1  Configuration       44205401TH Rev 1    15           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 5 4 Specification of parallel interface    1 5 4 1 General of parallel interface    Spec   IEEE1284 1994 conforming parallel interface    Related mode Compatible mode  nibble mode  and ECP mode          Data bit length    Compatible  8  nibble  4  ECP  9bit    1 5 4 2 Connector and cable of parallel interface     1  Connector    Printer side   36 Pole connector  Female   57LE 40360 12 D56   made by DDK  equivalent goods  Cable side   36 Pole connector  male     57FE 30360 20N D8   made by DDK  equivalent goods    li    Pin layout seen from interface cable side         nooooonooooooononnnt                oooi g        2  Cable  IEEE1284 1994 cable of less than 1 8m is used    For avoiding noise interference  please use shielded cable with the twisted pair wire      1 5 4 3 Parallel interface level    0 0V  0 8V   2 4V  5 0V    Low level  High level    Name of signal  nStrobe  HostClk     1 5 4 4 Signal of interface    Direction  TO PRINTER    1  Configuration    Function    It is a pulse to read data  Data is read by  posterior end        DATA 1
59.  after  the toner empty error occurs      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black    Replace   the toner  cartridge with  the new toner  cartridge                       Fuser Unit Near Life       Varies          Notifies the fuser unit is near its life     Moreover  when set as Admin Setup   System Setup   NearLifeLED      Disable   Attention LED is switched  off                     COLOR  Toner Not  Installed             Indicates that the toner cartridge is  not installed  This status is warning  only    COLOR    Yellow   Magenta   Cyan   Black          Install   the toner  cartridge  Be  careful that the  toner cartridge  supplied with  the product  cannot be  used if the  toner cartridge  of other supply  is used        44205401TH Rev 1    134            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                               COLOR  Image  Drum Life    Inspection  lamp    Details    Indicates that the image drum has  reached end of life    This status  warning  is issued when  the cover is Opened Closed once  after the Image Drum Life end error  is issued to recover the printer once      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black    Remedial  measure    Replace the  image drum of  the indicated  color     Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              Density Black  Calibration Error    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Density correct
60.  below and chapter 2 Counter Specifications  When the  units are replaced with new ones  their respective counts except for Total  Sheets Fed are cleared  the errors being corrected     Contents Count contents    Fuser unit Fuser unit life count Number of print copies after  the new fuser unit is installed   after the data is converted to  equivalent number of A4 size  paper counts        Belt unit Belt unit life count Number of print copies after  the new belt unit is installed   after the data is converted to  equivalent number of A4 size  paper counts        ID unit   Black Life count of respective Number of print copies after the  ID unit   Yellow ID units new ID unit is installed  after the  SON data is converted to equivalent   ID unit   Magenta number of A4 size paper counts   ID unit   Cyan       Total number of papers   Printer life count Total number of papers fed  fed          Print   Black Number of print copies Number of print copies after the  Print   Yellow of each ID new ID unit is installed     Print   Magenta  Print   Cyan             44205401TH Rev 1    116            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 5 Density control manual setting    5  Maintenance Menu       When a printer is shipped from the factory  the automatic density correction mode has  been set in  Automatic   If a printer is used after the density correction mode is set to   Manual   density may change during usage of a printer  Actions to be taken when  density is not normal     Note  Perform t
61.  blur correction test function in self diagnostic mode to confirm the  error   See 5 3 1 6     Error solving method    e CALIBRATION L or R   DYNAMICRANGE L or R    Check 1  When the above display appears  please check the connection  of sensor cable  FFC    When the connection is abnormal  please set it properly    Check 2  Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper  melts etc    Check 3  Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is  normal by utilization of MOTOR amp CLUTCH TEST in self diagnostic mode   Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in  trouble     If there are no problems in check 1  2  and 3  please check the circuit     Please exchange the color adjust sensor PCB  relay PCB  PU PCB  and the cable  one by one  and then check if the error is displayed     e BELT REFLX ERR  Check 4  When this display appears  please check the cleaning of the toner left  on the surface of the belt after finishing the above mentioned check 1  2   and 3  Remove the belt unit  and rotate the left inboard drive gear  Please  confirm that the surface of the belt is cleaned completely   When the residual toner left on the surface of the belt could not be  cleaned completely even if the drive gear is rotated  please exchange the  belt unit     e  Y or Mor C  LEFT   Y or Mor C  RIGHT   Y or M or C  HORIZONTAL  Check 5  When the above display appears  please confirm if the toner of NG color  is empty   Please ex
62.  cartridge with a toner cartridge for the  printer     Error 550   Yellow  Error 551   Magenta  Error 552   Cyan  Error 553   Black    The engine is confirmed again by  cover open close  And  when the  toner cartridges have not been  exchanged  it shifts to Warning  And it  is possible to print up to 20        Toner Regional Mismatch   COLOR     Please see HELP for details             Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer   The printer recovers from the error  after replacement of the toner cartridge  with a toner cartridge for the printer    Error 554   Yellow   Error 555   Magenta   Error 556   Cyan   Error 557   Black       Toner Not Installed   COLOR     Please see HELP for details             Indicates that toner cartridge is not  installed     Error 610   Yellow  Error 611   Magenta  Error 612   Cyan  Error 613   Black    The engine is confirmed again by  cover open close  And  when the toner  cartridges have not been exchanged   it shifts to Warning  And it is possible  to print up to 20              44205401TH Rev 1    141            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display on operator panel  Open Cassette  Paper Remain    Y oTRAY     Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    Contents    Additional paper is detected when a  paper jam has occurred    Error 632   Tray2 Cassette   Error 633   Tray3 Cassette    Code nnn       Open Cover  Paper Remain  Front Cover    Please see HELP for details    Additional paper is detected when a  paper jam
63.  displayed by  incrementing them     When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  decrementing them     Pressing the  BACK  key returns the screen to the state of step 2     When the  CANCEL  key is pressed while test is in progress  while the  ON  LINE  lamp is lighting   the screen returns to the state of step 2     Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization  when the cover    is opened and during alarm        NG       DENS AD  RESULT             Repeat step 3 as required     5     5  Maintenance Menu    Pressing the  BACK  key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      Density correction test items    Display Details    DENS ADJ EXECUTE    Executing the density correction       DENS ADJ PAR SET    Setting the control values with respect to the    automatic density correction       DENS ADJ RESULT    Referring to result of the density correction       AUTO CALIBRATION       Automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity  correction value          44205401TH Rev 1    109            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 8 Consumable item counter display    This self diagnostic menu is used to display the consumption status of the consumable  items     1  Enter the ordinary self diagnostic mode and press the MENU   MENU  key  until  CONSUMABLE STATUS  is displayed in the display area   Pressing the  MENU  key increments the test item and pressing the MENU  key decrements  the test item      2  When the MENU   MEN
64.  has occurred     Error 637   JO  Paper Feed Path    Display on operator panel  Check Paper  Paper Size Error    Y TRAY     Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents    Informs that a paper of illegal size   is fed from the tray  Check paper in  the tray  or check if multiple sheets of  paper are transported simultaneously  by mistake or not    The recovery print is executed when  the cover is Opened Closed    Code nnn          Open Cover  Paper Remain  Top Cover    Please see HELP for details    Additional paper is detected when a  paper jam has occurred     Error 638   J1  Paper Transport  Path    Open Cover  Paper Jam  Front Cover    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that jam has occurred  during feeding paper from the MP  tray     Error 390  MP Tray          Open Cover  Paper Remain  Top Cover    Please see HELP for details    Contents Additional paper is detected   when a paper jam has occurred   Error 639   J2  Paper Exit Path  Error 640   J4  Duplex Entry Path   In case of Error code 639  paper may    be left in around the side cover at the  exit part     Open Cassette  Paper Jam   TRAY     Please see HELP for details    Indicates that jam has occurred  during feeding paper from the this  tray    Error 391   Tray 1   Error 392   Tray 2   Error 393   Tray 3       Open Cover  Paper Jam  Front Cover    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that jam has occurred in the  paper path   Error 380   Feed    
65.  in which  paper remains inside the Duplex unit  The other  is the status in which paper is removed from the  Duplex unit              Replace the  Duplex board   V7Y PCB     or replace the  defective sensor  or connection  cable        44205401TH Rev 1    170            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           8 2  Two sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit     Check item     8 2 1  Solenoid operation    Check work    check    Action to be taken  at NG       Duplex solenoid    Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode     Replace the  V7Y board or  solenoid        Separator DUP   Paper unloading   DUP paper taking   in switching gate  located immediately  after the fuser unit     Check visually movement of the gate by using  the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self diagnostic  mode   EXIT SOLENOID    Check if movement is unsmooth or not  if amount  of open close is abnormal or not     Replace the  separator DUP        ON OFF timing of  the Duplex solenoid     8 2 2  Sensor lever opera       While the cover is in the opened state  perform  the test print and confirm if the timing to open  the separator DUP is correct or not     tion check    Replace the WR  sensor lever or  solenoid        Dup IN sensor lever    Open the rear cover  Touch the Dup IN sensor  lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or  not     Replace the  Dup IN sensor  lever       DUP IN sensor    Confirm that th
66.  initializing process    It is possible to operate untill  Toner  Empty  by pressing  ONLINE switch      Moreover  when set as Admin  Setup  System Setup   Near Life  LED  Disable  Attention LED is  switched off      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black       Remedial  measure       Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                               COLOR  Waste  Toner Full Replace  Toner     Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    This warning is displayed at Cover  Open Close or Power OFF ON after a  waste toner full error  Priority  321 8   occurs   Not occur for Black Yellow    Displayed in a combination of other  message in the first line  As long   as this warning is being displayed    a waste toner full error occurs   the  printer shifts to Offline and stops  each time it has printed about 20  copies      COLOR   Magenta  Cyan    Remedial  measure    Replace   the toner  cartridge of  the indicated  color                    Non OEM  COLOR   Toner Detected    Varies    Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black    Prompt user  to use the  appropriate  toner  cartridge                     COLOR  Toner  Regional Mismatch    Varies    Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black    Prompt user  to use the  appropriate  toner  cartridge                    Non Genuine   COLOR  Toner       Varies
67.  is jammed in the fuser unit  Pull the lock levers  2 levers  of the fuser unit to remove the fuser unit        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Set the fuser unit in the printer body and fold backward the lock lever  2  levers    Lock lever of the fuser unit  Blue      7  Close the top cover           44205401TH Rev 1    159          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             Check Duplex Unit  Paper Remain                Check Duplex Unit  Paper Jam          When the above messages are displayed      1  Hold and press down the jam release lever of the Duplex unit to open the Duplex    unit cover         2  Release jammed paper     If you do not see the paper  by closing the Duplex unit cover  the paper is    automatically outputted           Duplex unit cover     3  Close the Duplex unit cover     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          44205401TH Rev 1    160            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   3  Paper feed jam     error code 391  1st tray      3 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on   1st tray     Check item     3 1 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the front unit    Open the front cover check if paper is not  jammed in the paper running path     Remove the  jammed paper         3 1 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor   1 and the paper  entrance sensor 2     Check if shape and
68.  item is  prohibited                44205401TH Rev 1 98            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 3 Switch scan test    This self diagnostic menu is used to check the entry sensor and the switch    1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and press the MENU   MENU  key  until  SWITCH SCAN  is displayed in the upper row of the display area    Pressing the MENU  key increments the test item and pressing the MENU  key  decrements the test item         SWITCH SCAN                2  Press either the MENU  or MENU  key until the desired menu item  corresponding to the unit to be tested in Table 5 3 is displayed in the lower row  of the display area   Pressing the MENU  key increments the test item and  pressing the MENU  key decrements the test item     3  Pressing the ENTER key starts the test  Name and present status of the  corresponding unit are displayed     PAPER ROMEU       ish all 3s 4l             Activate the respective units   Figure 5 1  Status of the respective units are  displayed on the corresponding areas of the LCD display   Display changes  depending on each sensor  Refer to Table 5 3 for details      5  Maintenance Menu    TONER SNS C TONER SNS M  TONER SNS Y    ID Up Down SNS TONER SNS K    STACKER FULL SNS                  RFID RFID RFID  COLOR M   COLOR Y COLOR K           HUM TEMP SNS  HT FRAME THEM                                                          FUS THERM   K  Upper center  side Am 4   oo   N                  COVER OPEN  EXIT SNS J El SW  W
69.  located near the IN1 Sensor                      170   10  ID unit Up Down error  Service call 140 to 14B    ocoooccninncccnnoccconoccnnononcnnnnnnnnnnnnos eA   10 1  Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit             0    eee 171   10 2  Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID uniit                ee 171   11   Fuser unit error  error 170 10  177    aicciononioninicnioiniecc cea diante dr alos dit 172   11 1  Error occurs immediately after the power is turned ON  c oooooccccccnnnccccccccnnne 172   11 2  Error occurs approx  1 minute after the power is turned on                 08 172   12  Motor fan error  error code 122  127  128  918  051     oooocncocccccccnnccccccnconnnancnnnos 173   12 1  The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately  after the power iS turned ON   ocooccconccccnccnoncconnncnnnnnnnnnanc nono ncnnc conan cnncnnn cnn ncnns 173   12 2  Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing    173   12 3  All fans of the printer do not rotate     ooooccccncccccccccnccocccccconnannccnnonanancccnnnnnno 173   13  Print speed is slow   Performance is lOW      ooonoocccccnnnnccccncnnnococcccccconanncccncnnnnnncnno 174   13 1  Print speed decreases            cccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeceseeeecneeeeseneeessseessseeess 174   14  Option unit cannot be recognized   14 2  Option try unit cannot be recognized   ocococnccninccinnonocccnncnnncncnnnnnnrnnnnc cnn 174   15  LED head cannot be recognized   error code 131  132  133  134
70.  lt  LENGTH          2  Operating instructions       44205401TH Rev 1    32         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3  Set up    3 1  Notes  and precautions iii cia  32 A  eastnaate  3 3 Seting Method reniras eri neta etree teeta  3 4 List of equipments and accessories  3 5     Assembling  method  voii NR eas  3 6 Setting content print  Configuration   3 7  Connecting method siii aia  3 8 User used Paper confirmation         0    eee tee eet eter teeetaee             Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3 1 Notes and precautions    AWarning    Do not set it in any high temperature locations or near any heat sources    Do not set it in a place where the chemical reaction may occur  laboratory etc      Do not set it near any liquid that may ignite such as alcohol and thinner    Do not keep it out of reach of children    Do not place it on an unstable or uneven surface    unstable table and slanting place  etc      Do not put it in direct sunshine  And do not put it in a moist or dusty place    Do not set it in wet or corrosive environment    Do not set it in a place where may cause vibration    If the printer is dropped down or the cover is damaged  please pull out the power  plug from the outlet and contact the customer center    This may cause an electric shock  fire  injury    Please read this manual carefully before connecting the power supply cable  printer  cable  ground cable    This may cause fire    Do not insert any foreign objects into the vent hole    This may cause an ele
71.  movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever         3 1 3  Check condition of    electrical parts       Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the Maintenance Menu  SWITCH SCAN function     Replace either  the CU PU board  or the front  sensor board   RSF PCB    or connection  cable        Check output signal  level of the paper  entrance sensor 1  and that of the paper  entrance sensor 2     Check for the following signals at the FSNS  connector  3  of the CU PU board     Pin 4  Paper entrance sensor 1  Pin 3  Paper entrance sensor 2    Confirm that the above signal levels change  when the sensor lever is operated     Replace the  front sensor  board  RSF  PCB        Check the power   voltages supplied  to the front sensor  board  RSF PCB        Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector  3   of the front sensor board  RSF PCB     Pin 1  5V power supply   Pin 5  OVL          Replace the  connection  cable        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     3 2  Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started   1st tray     Check item     3 2 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the front unit    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper         3 2 2  Check condition of    the mechanical pa
72.  narrow room for a long time    Do not place it close to strong magnetic fields and noise source    Do not place it next to the monitor and television    Hold tightly the both sides of the printer when you move the printer    Because the weight of the printer is approximately 33kg  in a state of packing   it  needs more than two adults to lift it up    Do not come close to the paper exit part while printing    This may cause injury     Please explain the safety precautions about installation and handling with showing the  all precautions in user s manual to customer  Especially  the details about power supply  cable and the ground cable must be explained completely        44205401TH Rev 1    34            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up          3 2 Unpack method    Because the weight of the printer  without Duplex unit  is  approximately 33kg  in a state of packing   it needs more than  two adults to lift it up        e Take out the gripe on each side as shown in the following figure  and lift the  cardboard box up        Gripe   Four gripes on all sides           44205401TH Rev 1 35           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3 3 Setting method    3  Set up       e Set the printer under these conditions   Surrounding environment  10 32  C    Surrounding humidity  20 80 RH  Relative humidity   Highest wet bulb temperature  25  C  e Protect the printer from dew formation     e Use the humidifier or the static electricity prevention mats etc  when setting the  printer in the envi
73.  not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller     Check item    Check work     8 5 1  Clutch operation check       Replace the  Duplex board   V7Y PCB     or replace the  defective sensor  or connection  cable        Action to be taken  at NG       Duplex clutch    Confirm that the Duplex clutch works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode  Confirm it by listening to the  sound           Replace the V7Y  board or clutch        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   9  Paper size error  error code 400      9 1  Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor     Check item    Check work     9 1 1  Check paper feed condition    Action to be taken  at NG       Multifeed of papers    Open the front cover and check if multifeed of  papers occurs or not     If the multifeed  occurs again  after the  jammed paper  is removed   replace the flap  of the tray in  use        Paper size    Does the paper size specified for print match the  paper size of paper stuck in the tray     Change the  specified paper  size or size of  paper inside the  tray        Paper entrance  sensor 1       Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not           Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever        44205401TH Rev 1    172            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   10  ID unit Up Down error  Service call 140 to 143    10 1  Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit    Ch
74.  of  O Pisce al certificates in the Flowing store    Cos mee  Ca           44205401TH Rev 1    197            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 4 5 Other questionnaires    Other probable questionnaires are described below     7 5 4 5 1 Time required for creation of Certificate    It takes several ten seconds for creation of Certificate     7 5 4 5 2 Communication time when the encryption function is enabled    A time longer than the ordinary communication time is required for communication when  the encryption function is used     7 5 4 5 3 Can the encrypted printing be performed by any printer other  than IPP     Answer   Any printer other than IPP cannot encrypt printing   Only the IPP printing can encrypt printing     7 5 4 5 4 What will happen if SSL TLS is turned OFF after Certificate  has been created  or installed      Answer  Certificate will be kept saved as it is   If SSL TLS is turned ON again  the Certificate becomes usable     7 5 4 5 5 Want to change the port number    Answer   The port number during the SSL TLS communication is fixed to 443   It cannot be changed     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 4 5 6 The error message  The security certificate was issued by a  company you have not chosen to trust  View the certificate to  determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority  is  displayed    If this error is indicated  it means that the certificate which is installed in a printer is self    sign certificate    In the case of self sig
75.  open circuit with VOM as follows    Remove the motor cable at the board end   Measure resistance between the respective pins  of the removed cable and FG with VOM     Perform the visual check and measure resistance    Replace the  motor cable   Re connect the  cable for normal  conditions         2 2 2  Check loss of sync    Operating conditions  of the respective  motors    Check if operations of the respective motors are  normal or not by using the self diagnostic mode   Check if any load exists or not     Buzzer  sound when an error occurs              hronization of motor  Abnormal load of the consumable item     Replace the  corresponding  consumable  item    If any attempt  of using new  part as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        44205401TH Rev 1    153            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             Check item     2 2 3  Check the jumping    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG    phenomena of gear tooth   Abnormal load of the consumable item        Operating conditions  of the respective  motors    Check if operations of the respective motors are  normal or not by using the self diagnostic mode   Check if any load exists or not     Buzz buzz  sound is generated when an error  occurs     Replace the  corresponding  consumable  item    If any attempt  of using new  part as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Installation condition  of each 
76.  operational counts are reset so that the count value  of old consumable part is not added     The check mode is terminated when the power is  turned off  The check mode is disabled when the  power is turned on next time        No    Personality  Selecting No restores the last menu view  Selecting  Yes exits the menu  starting formatting an SD card  installed in the printer      Display condition    The printer has an SD Card  Boot Menu Storage   Setup Enable SD Card is set to Yes       With Boot Menu Storage Setup Enable Initialization  set to Yes  the option can be displayed        XPS    Enable  Disable       IBM 5577    Enable  Disable       IBM PPR III  XL    Enable  Disable       EPSON FX    Enable  Disable          HP GL 2       Enable  Disable          Changes the default of Support PDL per brand   PDL which is  Disable  in this menu is not displayed  at  Print Setup     Personality  of Function menu   INVALID DATA shows up and received data is  abandoned when print data of PDL which is   Disable  is received           44205401TH Rev 1    92            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Category    Change  Password    Item   1st Line     Value   2nd Line     oF  Raton O    Changes the password    When the ENTER switch is pressed after entering  in this menu  the messages  NEW PASSWORD   and  VERIFY PASSWORD  are displayed enabling  user to enter a new password        New  Password    Sets the new password to enter the maintenance  menu     A password can be entered in the
77.  path  or not     Remove the rear  panel and re   install it        Paper running path  of unloading unit       Check that any mechanical load does not exist  that hampers the smooth movement of paper in  the paper running path of the paper unloading  unit  by the visual inspection    Check if the paper unloading motor becomes  difficult to rotate or not           Correct the  portion that  becomes  mechanical load         7 2 4  Check the system connection       Fuser motor drive  cable    Check the connection condition of the cables   CU PU board DCHEAT connector  3   Check if  the connector is connected in the half way only  or not  and check if the connector is inserted in a  slanted angle or not  Check also that cables are  assembled without any abnormality     Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Fuser motor             Replace the  fuser motor        44205401TH Rev 1    169            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           7 3  Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path     Check item    Check work     7 3 1  Motor operation check    Action to be taken  at NG       Fuser motor          Confirm that the fuser motor works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode    Check if any load exists or not        Replace the  CU PU board or  fuser motor or  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Mainte
78.  range of 6  to  12 digit alphanumeric        Verify  Password    Prompting user to verify the new password that  has been set by  NEWPASSWORD   to enter the  system maintenance menu    A password can be entered in the range of 6  to  12 digit alphanumeric        Diagnostic  Mode          Enters the self diagnostic mode        5  Maintenance Menu       44205401TH Rev 1    93            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 2 Maintenance Utilities    5  Maintenance Menu       The maintenance utilities enables user to perform the adjustment shown in Table 5 2     Details of the maintenance utilities are available in the following documents      1  Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual     42678801 FUOI Ver24 0 and higher  Japanese   42678801 FUO2 Ver24 0 and higher  English    2  The maintenance utilities programs shown below     Applicable OS Model number       Win9X Me NT 2000 XP MuWin zip   42678801FW01 Ver1 25 0 and   Japanese English  higher    Adjustment contents    Board  replacement    Copies the PU part EEPROM data and  CU part EEPROM setup value of the  board     Adjustment objective  Copies the EEPROM  data of existing board to the new board when  the existing board needs to be replaced with  the new board during maintenance     Serial  number  information  setting    Re writing the printer serial number saved  in PU part  and re writing the printer serial  numberselections  output mode and  printer serial number that are saved in CU  part    Adjustment objective  When c
79.  replacement board by using the board  replacement function of Maintenance Utility  Maintenance Utilities Operation  Manual section 2 4 1 1 9 Board replacement function   With the function but  separately from this operation  configure the EEPROM with the information  that could not be taken from the board being replaced with  Configure the PU  part serial number setting  Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section  2 4 1 1 9 5  and switching to the Shipping mode  Maintenance Utilities  Operation Manual section 2 4 1 1 9 6  on an appropriate setting window  when the untaken information is PU part EEPROM information  and the  CU part serial number information setting  Maintenance Utilities Operation  Manual section 2 4 1 1 9 4  when the untaken information is CU part  EEPROM setting information     Note  When obtaining and copying the EEPROM information by using the  Maintenance Utilities  set the printer into the  Forced ONLINE mode  by  following the procedure described below  If the printer is in the error state   the error display is issued even during the forced ONLINE mode     1 When turning on the printer power  keep pressing  BACK     MENU       ENTER  until  Status Mode  is displayed on the operator panel     Fuser unit Not required       Belt unit Not required             2 If the printer is normal   ON LINE  display is shown  If the printer has  an error  the error display is shown  However  the printer has entered  the ON LINE state in which communication is ena
80.  required     Memo lf the media weight is set as  Heavy  or  Ultra Heavy1  2  3   or the media  type is set as  label paper   the print speed would be reduced        44205401TH Rev 1 60            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4  Component replacement       In this chapter  the procedures for replacement of part and assembly and unit are described   The replacement procedure is described by removal of the parts  Please install the new parts with following the    replacement procedure in reverse order   The parts  such as  D   2 shown in this manual are different from the parts used in the Disassembly for  Maintenance figure  44205401TL  and RSPL  44205401TR      4 1 Precautions on component replacement    62  4 2 Method of component replacement     43 OIM POS emisarios          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 1 Precautions on component replacement    4  Component replacement        1  Remove the AC cord and the interface cable before replacing the parts    a  Remove the AC cord according to the following procedure     Switch the power switch of printer off    O        Disconnect the AC insertion plug of the AC power cord from the AC  power source        Disconnect the earth wire from the earth terminal of the AC power  source outlet       Disconnect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer     A Warning    There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power supply   Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part 
81.  si Bnjd Bunoys wajsks A004  910N                LNO                      JOJ99UUO9 4 1 YUN JesNy   Y  OL    9N9 104 Bnid Buoys    eal  val        gt  Mu       g9d Nd 94  JO  J0J99UU09 YIMOd 24  OL       216     44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           12  Transfer belt unit       Transfer belt unit  for consumable parts       Fuse LP    a A SE ae ts          Relay PCB             Contactor point                         Contactor point         Transfer belt unit    8  Connection diagrams       44205401TH Rev 1    2171          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 8  Connection diagrams          8 3 F W version number       8 3 1 ROM control number    ROM CU F W NE F W PU F W  nameplate hm  Lee im    version Date  number File   NIC   Web   File  fill out Rev    F W   Page   Rev   version    2009 10 21   D1 01 FE 01 02 ES                                    44205401TH Rev 1 218            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 8  Connection diagrams          8 3 2 ROM version check and display 8 3 3 PCB Maintenance Indication Stamp     1  Perform the menu map printing and confirm that the F W version number has The specified article numbers are stamped in the PCB Maintenance Indication column on  been upgraded  the CU PU PCB in accordance with the table shown below      2  Fill out the ROM label that is attached to the location shown below in  accordance with the downloaded F W version number                                                                                                       
82.  supported  by the various languages        44205401TH Rev 1    144            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display    Restart the printer   002  Error    007  Error   009  Error    011  Error    Table 7 1 2 Service Call Error List    CPU  Exception    Error details    Does the error display recur     Remedial measure    If the RAM DIMM  is installed  remove  it and turn off the  power of the printer  and back on   Replace the CU PU  board    Re install the RAM  DIMM    Replace the RAM  DIMM     Display    Restart the printer   072  Error  Xx    Engine I F  Error     I F error  between PU  and CU    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Error details    Is the CU PU assembly installed    normally     Does the printer recover from  the error when the CU PU  board is replaced     Remedial measure    Re install the  CU PU assembly  normally    Replace the CU PU  board           Service call  020  Error    CU ROM  Hash Check  Error    Does the error display recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU PU  board        Service call  030  Error    CU RAM  Check Error    Does the error display recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU PU  board        Service call  031  Error    CU Optional  RAM Check  Error    Is installation of the RAM DIMM    normal    Does the printer recover from  the error when the RAM DIMM  is replaced     Re install the RAM  DIMM    Replace the RAM  DIMM    Replace the CU PU  board      
83.  test    This self diagnostic menu item is used for the color registration error adjustment and to  investigate cause of the error of a printer     If the color registration error is recognized by the color registration correction test  correct  it by following section 2  Color registration correction method overview      1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and keep pressing the  MENU   or   MENU   key until the following message is displayed     REG AD  UST TEST          2  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  the following message is displayed  Keep  pressing the  MENU   or  MENU   key until the target item is displayed     REG ADJ  UST TEST       REG AD  EXECUTE             3  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  test of the item that is displayed on the panel  is executed      lt  lt During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE gt  gt     The color registration correction test is executed   The  ONLINE  lamp flashes           When the test is complete  the test result  OK or error name  is displayed in the  upper row of the display area  and     RESULT is displayed in the lower row of  the display area    OK                REG AD  RESULT       When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  incrementing them     When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  decrementing them     Pressing the  BACK  key returns the screen to the state of step 2     Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization  when the  cover is opened a
84.  the  Media Weight     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   14  Option unit cannot be recognized      14 1  Duplex unit cannot be recognized     Check item     14 1 1  Duplex board    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       Duplex unit    Check if the Duplex unit of C711 specification is  being used or not     Replace the  Duplex unit         14 1 2  Check the system connection    Check the system  connection from the  CU PU board to the  Duplex board  V7Y  PCB      Check that the cable between the CU PU board  option connector  0  to the Duplex board is  normally connected     Correct the  connections        Square connector  connecting the  Duplex unit to the  printer     Check if any foreign material exists in the  connecting portion of the square connector     Remove the  foreign material        Square connector  connecting the  Duplex unit to the  printer     Is the terminals of the square connector  damaged     Replace the  connector         14 1 3  Check the control    signals        Check the control  signal that is output  from the CU PU  board to the Duplex  board  V7Y PCB         Check the control signal that is output from the  CU PU board option connector  0    Pin 6  TXD  PU  gt  DUP    Pin 4  RXD  DUP  gt  PU         14 2  Option try unit cannot be recognized     Check item     14 2 1  Option try board    Check work       Replace the  CU PU board     Action to be taken  at NG       Option try unit       Check if the option try unit of C711 s
85.  the printer and turn the  power on     Note  l   the message  Service Call 182  Fatal Error  or  Service Call 183  Fatal  Error  is displayed  reinstall the optional tray unit      1  4  Print the setting content and confirm if the option tray unit is installed  properly       Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3 6     Confirm the content of  tray 2  or  tray 3  is display in header part     Unit of Measurement   millimeter  Tray1 Config  Paper Size   Cassette Size  Media Type   Plain  edia Weight   Medium Light    Tray2 Config  Paper size   Cassette Size   Media Type   Plain   Media Weight   Medium Light       Note   f the content of  tray 2  or  tray 3  is not displayed  reinstall the second tray  unit     3  Set up     1  5  Set the number of tray by the printer driver     The printer driver setup for recognizing the option tray unit is required     If the printer driver is not set up  please set up the printer driver completely referring to  the user s manual  Setup  firstly  and then finish the following setting procedure     Note  The authority of the computer administrator is required     For windows PS printer driver    Gerena  Shang    Pons    Avenged    Color Management   Secuty Drace Settings   Available PostScript Memory  22767 KD   Output Protocet IRCE   Send CTRL D Before Each Job  Nd   Serd CTRL D Alter Each Jot   Yes   Convent Gray Text to Postscript Gray  No   Corveert Geay Graphics to PostScnpt Geay  No   Add Euro Currency Sym
86.  unit   100V system 230V  system     Measure the AC voltage supplied    Check the power voltage setting of the  equipment in use     Check the shorting plug that is used for  selection of the voltage power supplies   CN6    Shorting plug is Used Not used   100V system   230V system     Set the low  voltage power  supply setting        5V power and 24V  power that are  supplied to the CU   PU board     Check the power supply voltages at the POWER  connector of the CU PU board  The follow  voltage must appear respectively     Pins 7 8 and9  24V  Pin 1  2 and 3  5V   Pin 4  5 and 6  OVL  Pins 10  11 and 12  OVP    Replace the low  voltage power  supply         2 1 2  Check the system connection       Connection condition  of Operator Panel          Check contents of  1 1     Any operation of a printer will not start until the  Operator Panel is detected and is started of its  operation        Follow the  contents of  1 1       2 2  Abnormal sound is    Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    heard     Check work     2 2 1  Check loss of synchronization of motor  Driver error     Action to be taken  at NG       Operating conditions  of the respective  motors    Check if operations of the respective motors are  normal or not by using the self diagnostic mode   Check if any load exists or not     Buzzer  sound when an error occurs     Replace the  CU PU board        Condition of the  motor cable    Check for normal wiring conditions of the  respective motors     at
87. 00 pages  black   11 500 pages color   For the first new drum   about 10 200 pages black   10 700 pages color        Image drum  operation life    20 000 pages  when 3 pages  job   12 000 pages  when 1 page job   27 000 pages  when continuously print   Drum count all reset       Transcribing belt  operation life    60 000 pages  A4 transverse size  when 3 pages   job  count auto reset       Fuser operation life    60 000 pages  A4 size  count auto reset       Operation  sound    During operation    54dBA  ISO 7779 front    without option unit        During standby    37dB ISO 7779 front           Power save mode    Background level    1  Configuration    Paper handling    Paper size    Paper stack capacity   1st tray     Legal  Universal cassette 530 pieces  70kg        Paper stack capacity   optional tray     Legal  Universal cassette 530 pieces  70kg        Paper stack capacity   Manual auto     Standard multipurpose tray or 100 pieces  70kg    or 10 pieces of envelop       Paper rejection    350 pieces  70kg   facedown   100 pieces  70kg   faceup tray       Duplex    Standard  Option    A4  A5  B5  A6   letter  legal 13 13 5 14    Executive  post card    return post card     custom     envelope   Index card 3x5in  Photo  size 4x6 5x7in       The paper of A6 cannot be used in tray 1  2  3       The post card  return post card and envelope  can be used in MPT only        As for custom  the available size can be  adjusted by using different tray  The length is  up to 1321mm  
88. 121Z34    Spacer Coupling                    Gear Idle DrumZ24 102  EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the end surface     EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the whole circle of hatched areas     EM 30L Class F    Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the gear teeth 120deg or more        Stopper GearlD    EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of    MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the end surface  Gear Idle Z44       4  Component replacement     2 3 44259101PA Plate Assy  Side R    Grease prohibition at the posts       Grease prohibition at the gears          Gear Idle Exit  237           Gear Planet Assy    EM 30L Class F    Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the whole circle of gear teeth           44205401TH Rev 1    82      4  Component replacement          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             4 44259101PA Plate Assy  Side R    5 44259101PA Plate Assy  Side R    EM 30L Class C EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the hatched area     EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to gear teeth tops        Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to bearing portion                 EM 30L Class A   Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE EM 30L Class C    EM 30L  to the hatched areas  Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to gear teeth of hatched area                Gear LiftUpLinkR Z56  Gear LiftUpR Z32  Gear Liftup 2121Z34                             f Co    Link Lift
89. 2 1 Check OS  Operating System     The IPP print  encryption  function is supported by Windows 2000  Windows XP  Windows  2003 Server and Windows Vista only     It is not supported by other operating systems     7 5 4 2 2 Is the Printer created     Printer may not be created normally     To use the IPP print  encryption  function  the Printer must have been created by setting  port to URL  HYPERLINK  https    lt   https    lt  printer IP address gt  ipp  when creating the  Printer     For more details of Printer creation method  refer to the User   s Manual  Advanced  edition      7 5 4 2 3 Is the IPP setup Enabled     The IPP setup may not be set to Enable    As the default setting of printer  IPP has been set to Disable    To use the IPP print  encryption  function  the IPP setup must have been set to Enable   For the method of changing the IPP setup  refer to the User   s Manual  Advanced edition         44205401TH Rev 1    1951       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             7 5 4 3 Cannot create Certificate    When Certificate cannot be created  the following causes are probable  Take an  appropriate measure by referring to the following items     Required input items are not fully entered      Refer to section  7 5 4 3 1 Required input items are not fully entered      The printer is printing       Refer to section  7 5 4 3 2 The printer is printing      7 5 4 3 1 Required input items are not fully entered    Unless all of the required input items are fully entered  Certificate 
90. 205401TH Rev 1    135            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              Sensor Calibration  Error    Inspection  lamp    Details    Sensor adjustment error   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment    Remedial  measure       0    Registration Error  lt n gt     Color registration correction error   Indicates that an error has occurred  during the coarse adjustment or in  the main scanning line correction   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment     n  2   Yellow  3   Magenta  4   Cyan    Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                               TRAY  Empty    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Indicates that the tray runs out of  paper    Warning only is issued until the tray  that runs out paper is specified for  print      TRAY   Tray 1  Tray 2  Tray 3  MP Tray    Remedial  measure    Feed paper to  the indicated  tray                    File System is Full    Varies    Indicates that the file system that has  been constructed on the recording  device  SD Memory Card FLASH   runs out of free sp
91. 3 F5  fuse  of the  CU PU board    Check if F3 F5 has blown out or not     Replace CU PU  board         1 1 2  Check the system connection       Connection between  the low voltage  power supply unit  and the CU PU  board     Check if the cable from the low voltage power  supply to the POWER connector  7  of the CU   PU board is normally connected or not     Check if the connector is connected only in the  half way or not  and check if the connector is  inserted in slanted angle or not     Re connect the  cable normally     Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     1 1 3  Check the peripherals of the power supplies    Action to be taken  at NG       Primary AC power  source that is  connected to the  printer     Check the supplied voltage of the AC power  source     Supply the AC  power        Voltage setting of  the lower voltage  power supply unit   100V system 230V  system     Measure the AC voltage supplied    Check the power voltage setting of the  equipment in use     Check the shorting plug that is used for  selection of the voltage power supplies    Shorting plug is Used Not used   100V system   230V system     Set the low  voltage power  supply setting        5V power that is  supplied to the CU   PU board     Check for the 5V power supply at pin 1  2  3 of  the POWER connector  2  of the CU PU board     Replace the low  voltage power  supply        3 3V power that  is supplied to the  Operator Panel     Check for the 3 3V power supply a
92. 5 4 2 Print operation is not possible    If print operation is not possible by using the encrypted IPP printer  check the followings     Establish connection by  https    lt printer IP address gt      1  If the printer setting page is displayed  the followings are probable   Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items   Certificate is not created yet   Or failed to create certificate        Refer to section  7 5 4 1 1 Is the certificate created       Certificate has been created but the SSL TLS setting is turned off       gt  Refer to section  7 5 4 1 2 Is the SSL TLS setting set to  ON      2  If the printer setting page is not displayed  the followings are probable          Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items   Version number of the browser is old       Refer to section  7 5 4 1 3 Check version number of the Web browser    Encryption strength has been set to Strong    gt  Refer to section  7 5 4 1 4 Check encryption strength of a printer            Compatibility problem    The OS does not support the IPP  encrypted  printing        Refer to section  7 5 4 2 1 Check OS  Operating System     IPP  encrypted  printer is not created yet        Refer to section  7 5 4 2 2 Is the Printer created      IPP setup of the Printer is not Enabled        Refer to section  7 5 4 2 3 Is the IPP setting set to Enabled       The key exchange system of a printer is not supported by the browser     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 4 
93. 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          44205401TH Rev 1    156            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             Open Cover  Paper Remain  Front Cover                Open Cover  Paper Jam  Front Cover          When the above messages are displayed      1  Open the multipurpose tray         3  Slowly pull out the jammed paper     If you see the top edge of paper          Front cover     2  If you do not see the top edge of paper     4  Close the front cover     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure        5  Close the multipurpose tray           44205401TH Rev 1    1577    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     3  2Uninstall the four image drum cartridges and put them on a flat table              Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL                         D    gt  E 5  Q SLR  o gt   6  cu  O  vo  ag 8  Oar   lt   JE  3 3 3  Of 6  c opo  vo  aoa S  Ono E          When the above messages are displayed         1  Open the top cover      4  Cover the uninstalled image drum cartridges with black paper     NN     gt     NS    Y      AN  NS        y                        OPEN buttom        5   a  If you see the top edge of paper    Pull up the jammed paper slowly      2  Touch the screw with a hand to discharge static              158      44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           b  If you do not see the top edge of paper    Pull up the jammed paper slowly while pushing the jam release lever of the fuser  unit        Lock lever of the fuser unit  Blue      c  If paper
94. 75  Error xxxxxxxx       Video Error  Error is  detected  when  expanding the  video data        Is the CU PU assembly installed  normally              Re install the  CU PU assembly  normally   Replace the CU   PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    145            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display    Service call  081  Error    Parameter  integrity  check    Error details    Either EEPROM or Flash ROM  cannot read write normally     Remedial measure    Turn the printer  power off and then  back on  If the error  symptom remains  unchanged   replace the CU PU  board     Display    Service call  123  Error    Environment  humidity is  abnormal    Humidity  sensor is not  connected     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Error details    Does this error recur     Remedial measure    Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the control  panel board           Service call  104  Error    Read write  error of   the engine  EEPROM is  detected     Does this error recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU   PU board     Service call  124  Error    Environment  temperature  is abnormal     Does this error recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the control  panel board           Service call  106  Error    Engine control  logic has an  error     Does this error recur     Turn off the power  of the printer and  back on    Replace the CU   PU board        Service call  111  Error    Duplex unit for
95. Assy into guide eject  lower    and guide eject upper         3  Remove the gear idle eject O     O     and remove the shaft Assy eject  FU     and shaft Assy eject  FD         Remove the lever eject sensor    and eject sensor  0     S          4  Component replacement       44205401TH Rev 1    79           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 4  Component replacement          4 3 Oiling spots       This chapter shows the oiling spots  Do not oil the other spots that are not shown here     It is not necessary to inject the machine oil during disassembling  However  please add  the specified oil when you wipe the oil off     Oiling operation     1  Oil type and name  EM 30L  MOLYKOTE  HP 300  MOLYKOTE  PM  Pan motor oil 10W 40 or ZOA 10W 30     2  Grease limit sample    Amount of grease   cc        W mm                                   44205401TH Rev 1 80      4  Component replacement             Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL         44259301PA Gear Assy  HP  2 1 44259101PA Plate Assy  Side R    EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the  whole circle of hatched areas              Holder Gear A          EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount  of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to the whole circle of  hatched areas           Bracket Inner Caulking              44205401TH Rev 1 81            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             2 44259101PA Plate Assy  Side R    EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the end surface     Grease prohibition               Gear LiftUp 2
96. C voltage for heater is normally  supplied or not    Power supply CN2 connector     between pin 1  and pin 2  and between pin 3 and pin 4     Replace the low  voltage power  supply        Heater ON signal  that is output from  PU to the low voltage  power supply       Check that the heater ON signal goes active at  the warming up timing  or not     L  active while ON    Power connector  7  of the CU PU board   between pin 14 and pin 15           Replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    174            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   12  Motor fan error  error code 122  127  128  918  051      12 1  The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the power is turned on     Check item     12 1 1  Cable connection    Check work    condition and wiring condition    Action to be taken  at NG       Cable connection  condition and wiring  condition of the   low voltage power  supply fan and those  of the fuser fan          Check if the connectors are connected normally  or not    Check if extra length of the cables does not  touch the fan blade or not      12 2  Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing     Check item     12 1 2  Cable connection    Cable connection  condition and wiring  condition of the  Duplex fan    Check work    condition and wiring condition    Check if the connectors are connected normally  or not    Check if extra length of the cables does not  touch the fan blade or not        Correct the  connection  conditio
97. CB  6  Toner Low Sensor PCB                      CITH501                         CN501                                                                                        GP501 ogos R604    11  Po    oo      R608   R652                                                                R511  El                   R616  R615                                                                                                                                                                                                                R636   R635             Py  a  B   8                                                                                                 44205401TH Rev 1 914            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 8  Connection diagrams           7  Entrance Sensor PCB  9  High Voltage Power Supply PCB                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           44205401TH Rev 1 215      8  Connection diagrams          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           11  ID unit     10  Low Voltage Power Supply PCB       Contactor point    ea    ID unit  for consumable parts   Fuse                               Contactor point       Toner Low Sensor PCB  PRZ PCB           eae         pejunow jou si Bn  d Buoys weajs  s AQEZ    pelunow
98. DENTIAL            Troubleshooting and repair procedure       7 1 Before starting the repair work   ooooccionccnnnccconocncnocancnnnrnncnnannonnns 128  7 2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against  abnormallleS  a 128  7 3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality 128  7 4 Preparation for troubleshooting            cc eeeceeeeeeeeeenneeeeeneeeeeneeeens 128  7 5 Troubleshooting method kirssa 129  T FUSE CHECK iaa 202    7 7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size  Correspondence tableside niini 203       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL       7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          7 1 Before starting the repair work        1  Confirm the basic check inspection points described in User   s Manual      2  Get the information status from client at the time when the trouble has occurred  as much in details as possible     3  Create the status close to the user   s status when the trouble has occurred  and  inspect a printer in that status     7 2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities        1  Is the usage environment of a printer normal    2  Are the consumable items  toner  drum cartridge  replaced normally      3  Is the print media  paper  normal  Refer to Specifications     Paper in User s  Manual      4  Is the drum cartridge installed normally     7 3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality        1  Do not touch the OPC drum surface with your hand or any foreign materials     2 
99. E             WR POINT       2  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  the following message is displayed  Keep  pressing the  MENU   or  MENU   key until the target item  refer to the table    below  is displayed     REV    TBL   H   a    STOP    Not to continue       CONTINUANCE  00H FFH    To continue    Correction value    Setting of valid invalid of continuance  when drum comes to end of its life    The correction value is added to the  existing write down position        BOTTOM  WRT POINT       TONER SENSOR    TBL   H   e ea       ENABLE             3  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  the following message is displayed     Pressing the  MENU   key increments the setting value     Pressing the  MENU   key decrements the setting value     4  While the desired setting value is being displayed  press the  ENTER  key for  long period  3 seconds  that registers the displayed value in EEPROM   Returns    to the status of step 2      Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required     Pressing the  BACK  key terminates  except the status of step 4  the setting    Returns to the status of step 1      Display    Setting value    TONER  SENSOR    ENABLE  DISABLE    Operation at the  setting value    Detects    Not to detect    Function    Valid Invalid of toner sensor  operation       BELT UNIT  CHECK    ENABLE    Checks       DISABLE          Not to check          Valid Invalid of belt installation check  operation       00H FFH       Cut value          Amount of cut at the rear end of a  paper is set
100. EDIA_SIZE    MEDIA_TYPE    Press ONLINE Button  Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents    Indicates unmatch between the media  type in the tray and the print data  occurs  Prompt user to insert paper in  the tray     Error 660  MP Tray    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified  display unit  menu setting  of the MP  tray unless otherwise specified by  driver  If unit of paper size is specified  by driver  it is displayed in units  specified by driver    ex  210 x 297mm    8 5 x 11 0 inch    User is requested to change paper of  the tray and press the ON LINE key     Code nnn          Change Paper in  TRAY    MEDIA_SIZE    MEDIA_TYPE    Press ONLINE Button  Please see HELP for details             Indicates that the paper size of the  tray or the paper size  and the media  type do not match the print data     Prompt user to insert paper in the  tray    Error 461  Tray 1   Error 462  Tray 2   Error 462  Tray 3    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified  display unit  menu setting  of the MP  tray unless otherwise specified by  driver  If unit of paper size is specified  by driver  it is displayed in units  specified by driver    ex  210 x 297mm   8 5 x 11 0 inch    User is requested to change paper of  the tray and press the ON LINE key              44205401TH Rev 1    139            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display on operator panel    Change Paper in MPTra
101. FIDENTIAL 3  Set up          3 8 User used Paper confirmation    Load the paper used by user  set the media type weight  print the setting content demo   and confirm if the toner is chipped off     settings of control panel       Plain paper      Thickness    55 64kg  64 74g m      Media weight   Thickness of  paper     Light       65 70kg  75 82g m      Medium Light       71 89kg  83 104g m        Medium       90 103kg  105 120g m      Heavy       104 162kg  121 188g m        Ultra heavy1       163 189kg  189 220g m      Ultra heavy2       190 215kg  221 250g m      Ultra heavy3    Media type   Type of paper      Plain paper     Thickness of    paper  settings of    printer driver      Medium Light    Ultra heavy1  Ultra heavy2  Ultra heavy3       Post card         Envelope         Label paper    Less than 0 1 0 17mm    Heavy          0 17 0 2mm       Ultra heavy1       Label paper       Label paper1       Label paper2     1   The factory default setting of media type of the printer is set as  plain paper      2   The thickness and type of paper could be set by control panel and printer  driver  The settings set by printed driver have priority  When  Paper feed  method  is selected as  Auto select  or  Paper thickness  is set as  print  setting  in the printer driver  the print operation is set by control panel     3   The thickness of the paper for duplex printing is 55 189kg  64 220g m         4   The setting of media weight and media type for postcard and envelope is not 
102. OWN  RFID COLOR    1  PE_PNE_CVO    PU  Mi   UP   T  T    PAPER ROUTE    MENU         MENU      MOTOR  amp   CLUTCH  TEST   ID MOTOR  BELT MOTOR  FUSER MOTOR  REGIST  MOTOR  T1 HOPPING  MOTOR  FRONT MOTOR  REGIST  SHUTTER  EXIT  SOLENOID  DUPLEX  MOTOR  DUPLEX  CLUTCH  T2 HOPPING  MOTOR       T2 FEED  CLUTCH       T3 HOPPING  MOTOR       T3 FEED  CLUTCH       PE_PNE_CVO    T3  HOP_LF_FED  T3 CASSETTE  SIZE    DUP IN_FNT  DUP SK_CVO    Note   For details  refer to    the  Switch Scan test     sheet     ID UP DOWN    LV FAN TEST    FUSER FAN  TEST  DUPLEX FAN    TEST  ID FAN TEST    Note    If  ENTER  is pressed  long  2 sec  when  selecting a motor  the  motor keeps running      MENU        MENU        MENU          REG ADJUST        MENU      DENS ADJ  TEST        MENU      MENU     REG ADJ RESULT     2    DENS ADJ  EXECUTE  DENS ADJ PAR   SET       BLT REFLECT TEST    DUPLEX 1     1  TRAY2 and    DUPLEX are  displayed when  they are installed      Density test result display item      Color registration correction test result  display item  Items of  2    REG ADJ RSLT    SNS CARIBRAT  L     FINE ADJ Y    ML       SNS CARIBRAT  R     FINE ADJ Y     YU       D RANGE  L  Y M C    FINE ADJ Y    eR       D RANGE  R  Y M C    FINE ADJ Y     R       CRSE ADJ Y L R X    FINE ADJ Y    pel       CRSE ADJ M L R X    FINE ADJ Y    POR        CRSE ADJ C L R X    FINE ADJ M    vE       FINE ADJ Y L R X    FINE ADJ M    E       FINE ADJ M L R X    FINE ADJ M    WR       FINE ADJ C L R X   
103. Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  Checking Sectors  nnn     Inspection  lamp    Details    Displays that a sector of SD Card is being checked     Check process of the sector is valid to start from   Storage Setup   Check All Sectors  of Boot Menu   nnn   Percentage of checked capacity       Program Update Mode    Indicates that the printer has entered in the  dedicated mode for upgrading the NIC program   controller firmware  version        Wait a Moment  Program Data Received    Indicates that reception of the NIC program data  for upgrading is in progress     Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  PU Flash Error    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Indicates that the PU firmware has started up   in the Loader mode  It is indicated when the PU  firmware has returned  00 00 00  against the  Leisus command  VERSIONR 01H  requesting   PU  firmware version information supplied from  the CU firmware at power on  When initialization is  finished  it is switched to the Priority 251 status   This error can occur in the user environment  If  this error occurs  maintenance by a maintenance  engineer is required   Same as S C           Wait a Moment  Program Data Received  OK    Indicates that reception of the NIC program data  for upgrading is complete     Communication Error    Indicates that communication with the P
104. RITE SNS  DUP IN SNS A NENS  1 UV L Ba  O A Ea  O  2  El IN SNS 1  S 4    T1 SIZE SW    DUP COVER  SNS       DUP BOTTOM  SNS    T1 END SNS    71  7 IN SNS  at    T2 HOP SNS  AE  q   T2 SIZE SW    T2 END SNS                            FUS THERM LOW                                                 Press the CANCEL key to return to the status of step 2  7 INSNS  Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required    ee A T3 HOP SNS  Press the BACK key to exit the test   Returns to the status of step 1    Eg T3 SIZE SW  BELT THERM ae  fie  gt  DUP FRONT SNS T3 END SNS  Figure 5 1 Switch and sensor location diagram  44205401TH Rev 1 99            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display area  upper row    PAPER ROUTE   PU    Table 5 3 SWITCH SCAN details    5  Maintenance Menu     lt ltem having no function gt  Asterisk mark      is displayed in the lower row of display area       1     Lis displayed when the cover is opened        Details    Entrance sensor 1    Display area   lower row    H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Details    Entrance sensor 2    Display area   lower row    H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Details    Write sensor    Display area   lower row    H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Details    Exit sensor    Display area   lower row    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       TONER SENS    Toner sensor K    H  Light is interrupted  L  Reflected    Toner sensor Y    H  Light is interrupted  L  Reflected    Toner sensor M    H  Light is interrupted  L  Reflected    Toner sensor C    H  Light is i
105. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required     5  Pressing the  BACK  terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      Color registration correction test items    Display Details    REG ADJ EXECUTE    Executing the color registration correction       REG ADJ RESULT    Referring to result of the color registration correction       BLT REFLECT TEST    Executing judgment of GOOD BAD of reflectance  rate of color registration correction belt       BLT REFLECT RSLT       Referring to result of the judgment of GOOD BAD of  reflectance rate of color registration correction belt        5  Maintenance Menu    5 3 1 7 Density correction test  This self diagnostic menu item is used to test the density correction function of a printer   and to refer to result of the test execution     At the same time  GOOD BAD of the density correction function is judged by executing  this test     If an error is issued  correct it by following section 2  Density correction method overview      1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and keep pressing the  MENU   or   MENU   key until the following message is displayed     DENS AD  TEST                   2  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  the following message is displayed  Keep  pressing the  MENU   or  MENU   key until the target item is displayed     DENS AD  TEST          DENS AD  EXECUTE             3  When the  ENTER  key is pressed  test of the item that is displayed on the panel  is executed      lt  lt During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE g
106. SIC  1 2   l     ji t sensor  Option    Flash    EEP  RAM    ROM    ROM ia  Base    u  Option SD sensor   sensor          Memory card       Operation panel PCB  Environment  sensor        Environmental  humidity       Toner sensor PCB      M Toner  sensor    Y Toner  sensor    C Toner  sensor    K Toner  sensor                      ID fuse cut                Front sensor PCB        loping    clutch  Paper feeding   moving motor             IN1        IN2                hopping                                          size SW    Hopping   clutch    sensor                                        CD1  ASIC  2 2                Belt  thermistor    High voltage I F   FAN control   Cover open          High voltage PCB                F    m    EEPROM       Color blur  density   thermistor signal        Fuse cut   EXIT                                   Paper feeding   moving motor    Belt unit  Fuse cut           Relay PCB             FAN  heater control   others        3 3V  5V  24V  OVL  OVP       Low voltage PCB             Heater power       Upper center  For correction               Fuser fuse cut         Lower thermistor                  Low voltage  FAN          RFID PCB    Fig1 1          44205401TH Rev 1    ti    1 Configuration          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 2 The Configuration of printer       N    The parts in the C711n are shown as below     N      Electrophotography process mechanism       Paper feed path    S    N  W  NS      Control part  CU part  PU part    
107. Supply  SB   voltage  Develop  DB   voltage    level  time correction  time correction  Elapsed time    correction  value Vtr3  1     MENU   key     Menu items can be selected by long pressing of  BACK  or   ONLINE   or by short pressing of  MENU   or  ONLINE      Menu items can be selected by pressing either  MENU   or    Long pressing of  BACK  returns the screen to the menu    item selection screen     Engine status display       Heater temperature       Environment  temperature humidity       Setup table       Transfer voltage    Long pressing of   ONLINE   2 sec        Transfer OFF voltage   belt temperature       Toner  sensor    Side thermistor   MENU      status count display   monitor Toner K error  display Noise detection  count display   Toner Y error  Noise detection  count display   Toner M error  Noise detection  count display   Toner C error        1  Pressing  CANCEL  switches the colors     RFID internal noise  monitor     MENU  Toner sensor   MENU    Noise detection    Error details  Error code display and others    Monitor controls  evaluation function    Regist motor  constant speed  timer value   Environment  temperature  Fuser motor  constant speed  timer value  Fuse  target temperature    ID motor constant  speed timer value  BELT motor    constant speed  timer value       44205401TH Rev 1    96            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           1  How to select the menu items    LEVEL1     MENU      SWITCH  SCAN   CVO  S  JOBOFF  REG L   z  HUM_TEMP    ID UP D
108. U  key is pressed  consumption statuses of the  consumable items are displayed in order   Pressing the ONLINE or CANCEL  key is invalid     3  Pressing the BACK key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      Display area   upper row    K STC MODE  CNT    Y STC MODE  CNT    Display area   lower row    ee TIMES    oe TIMES    Format       M STC MODE  CNT    ee TIMES       C STC MODE  CNT    ee TIMES    5  Maintenance Menu    Details    Number of print dot counts of the  toner of the respective colors are  displayed      Accumulative value since start of  the system operation         K OVER RIDE  CNT    ee TIMES       Display area   upper row    K ID UNIT    Display area   lower row    see MAGES    Format    Images       Y ID UNIT    eee MAGES    Images       M ID UNIT    soe MAGES    Images       C ID UNIT    eee MAGES    Images    Details    Number of rotations from the time  when the ID UNITS of respective  colors are installed up to the  present time is displayed after  converting them to the units of A4  3Page Job     Y OVER RIDE  CNT    ee TIMES       M OVER RIDE  CNT    ee TIMES          FUSER UNIT    PRINTS    Prints    Number of copies from the time of  installation of a new fuser unit up  to the present time is displayed        TR BELT UNIT    ee MAGES    Images    Number of copies from the time of  installation of a new belt unit up to  the present time is displayed        K TONER   FULL     Ano       Y TONER   FULL     A       M TONER   FULL     abono
109. U firmware  has failed  This error can occur in the user  environment  If this error occurs  maintenance by a  maintenance engineer is required   Same as S C           Check Data  Program Data Receive  Error     lt nnn gt     Wait a Moment  Program Data Writing    Indicates that an error has occurred during  reception of the NIC program data for upgrading      DLCODE       Size error     Checksum error     Printer model number error    Module I F version error     FAT version error    Indicates that writing of the NIC program data for  upgrading is in progress        Power Off On  Program Data Writing OK    Indicates that writing of the NIC program data for  upgrading is in complete        Check Data  Program Data Write Error   lt nnn gt           Indicates that an error has occurred during writing    of the NIC program data for upgrading    DLCODE       Memory allocation error     Download file error     Device free space acquisition error    Device insufficient free space error    File write error     CU F W mismatch error    Status Mode                Indicates that the printer has started in the ON  LINE mode always  When a printer starts up in  this mode  it processes the data  job  from outside   host  even when an error occurs if a printer has  entered the ON LINE mode once    Error and warning are displayed on the panel    A printer can enter in this mode if the power of a  printer is turned on while pressing the switches of   lt Enter gt     lt Back gt     lt Down gt
110. Up R  EM 30L Class A    Apply a small amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the  hatched areas         Gear LiftUp   Z83Z25               Motor Pulse LiftUp    EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to the whole circle of gear teeth             Gear LiftUpR Z32 SS    a                                        EM 30L Class B    Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the hatched area           44205401TH Rev 1 83      4  Component replacement          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             43074904PA Plate Assy  Side L   42071401PA Holder Assy  Regist L    EM 30L Class C   Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE EM 30L Class A    EM 30L  to the gear tooth tops  Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to the hatched areas           Gear LiftUp Z56    NF  gt   Post Gearldle L        suaa 5   gt  a Holder Regist L VA    oS 169                           NAM    Gear LiftUp Z32    EM 30L Class A RY S S  Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the hatched areas  y        EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the hatched areas   bearing portion      EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the hatched areas                                               EM 30L Class B  Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to the hatched areas              44205401TH Rev 1 84            4    t  Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL Component replacemen                              6  44261901PA Feeder Assy  Regist    44286901PA Fuser Assy   EM3O0L Cl
111. When switch is pressed  Low                      44205401TH Rev 1    203         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          8  Connection diagrams    8 1 Resistance value CheCk        cccccccccccncccnnninnnanananannananonnononononnnnonos  8 2 Parts locali e enie a  8 3 F W Version NUMDED    oocccccccccccccncncnoneninininnnananananan ono nonononononnnnnno             Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          8 1 Resistance value check    Transport belt  motor    Electrical circuit diagram  connection                Part outside view    8  Connection diagrams    Resistance value    Between pin 1 and pin 2  3 4Q  Between pin 3 and pin 4  3 40       ID motor                         Across both ends of IP2 and IP3  1Q or less       44205401TH Rev 1    205            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          ID up down motor    Electrical circuit diagram  connection       Part outside view    8  Connection diagrams    Resistance value    Between pin 1 and pin 2  6 10  Between pin 3 and pin 4  6 10       Fuser unit motor                Across both ends of IP1 and IP2  1Q or less       44205401TH Rev 1    206            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Feed motor    Electrical circuit diagram  connection       Part outside view    8  Connection diagrams    Resistance value    Between pin 1 and pin 2  3 4Q  Between pin 3 and pin 4  3 40       Both sided print  motor       Between pin 1 and pin 2  3 20  Between pin 3 and pin 4  3 20       2nd   3rd tray  feed motor                   Between pin 1 and pin 2  3 4Q    Betwe
112. abnormality  Refer to Figure 7 2E          ccecceeeceeceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeenees 184   5 1  Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction          ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeees 184  Heavy color registration Errose asan a eieaa edane aia 185   6 1  Display of the message  Color adjustment is in progress  appears   Only Short Ume desn a ee eae 185   6 2  Though REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok    COlOF DIU OCCUIS ona eis eee 185  Entirely Black Pt 185   7 1  All black print over entire Page              eccesecceeeseneeseeeeeeeseeeeeseneeeeeeeenseeeenens 185    Note  When an attempt is going to be made to replace the PU board  read data  contents of the EEPROM chip from the old PU board beforehand  and copy    the data contents into the new board after the new PU board is installed     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure                                     A Overall faded out B Stain on white print C Entirely white                Blurred  YUU  Y wn A R  WSU d    Vi WN                   D Black banding  E Cyclic abnormality F White banding     black streaking white streaking  in vertical direction in vertical direction  Figure 7 2       44205401TH Rev 1    182            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3  1  Color has faded   1 1  Color are faded out    Check item     1 1 1  Toner     out and blurred entirely   Refer to Figure 7 2A      and blurred     Check work    Check item    Action to be taken    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    C
113. ace    Because this is a temporary warning   this warning is indicated until the   job is complete  It disappears at the  completion of the job     Explain  user that  no remedial  measure is  required                       Registration Sensor  Error  lt n gt                  COLOR  Head  Data Error       Varies    Varies          Color registration correction sensor  error   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment     n  2   Yellow  3   Magenta  4   Cyan    Cannot fine the correction data for the  LED head  Alternately  the correction  data for the LED head is illegal   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black                   File System is Write  Protected    Indicates that an attempt is made to  write data in the file system that has  been constructed on the recording  device  SD Memory Card FLASH    and is prohibited of writing data   Because this is a temporary warning   this warning is indicated until the   job is complete  It disappears at the  completion of the job     Explain  user that  no remedial  measure is  required              ile Erasing    Varies    Indicates that a secret file is being  erased          
114. acedown stacker by utilization of different delivery methods by opening or closing the  faceup stacker     The operation of single sided printing is described as above  The operation of duplex  printing is described as below     As for the duplex print  the paper passed the fuse unit after initially back printing is drawn  into the Duplex unit by separator DUP  The paper entered into the paper reversing path is  transferred from the paper reversing path to the inside of Duplex by reverse operation of  reversal roller  The paper passed over the inside of Duplex is fed from paper feed path of  Duplex by the transfer roller set in the transfer path of Duplex inside  which is shared with  the same paper feed path from the tray  The following operation is same as single sided  printing with paper feeding from the tray           a es a Heat roller MPT paper feed roller  Se  lo N Halogen lamp  Sa O Transport belt i  o  Q Backup roller ansport belt Resister roller U  OO OO le Os  Reversal roller     gt   L 0  O  o O  Paper reversing path Paper feed roller we  amp   Gb    Transport roller    Transport roller       44205401TH Rev 1    22         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL              1  Paper feeding from 1st tray   1  As figure 2 1 shows  a feed motor runs clockwise  a feed clutch engages and  paper is fed  a feed roller rotates when the feed clutch engages     2  After turning on an IN1 sensor  the paper is fed further a determined length  until it touches a registration sensor L  this c
115. age of  sensor by visual inspection     Replace the  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Installation position  of the lower  thermistor    The lower thermister must be installed while  contacting with the fuser unit  Check if the lower  thermister is installed in the far position from the  specified position or not causing detection of the  lower temperature than the actual temperature of  fuser unit     Replace the  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE           Thermostat  halogen  lamp          Heater of the fuser unit is controlled of its  temperature  Check if the fuser unit gets hot or  not by touching it with hands    If the fuser unit temperature does not increase  and remains cold  check that the resistance  between pin 1 and pin 6 of connector A  and that  in between pin 1 and pin 6 of connector B of the  two connectors is in the range of several ohms to  several ten ohms respectively   Refer to section  8 1 Resistance value  fuser unit          Replace the  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        2 3  AC power input to    the halogen lamp       AC power voltage  from the low voltage  power supply    Check if the A
116. an start up even if SD Memory Card  cannot start as it is damaged when it is installed   by setting  No  regardless of the SD Memory Card  installation as a printer recognizes that SD Memory  Card is not installed     Deletes all data stored in a SD Memory Card so that  the data cannot be recovered    It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory  Card is installed        Enable  Initialization    No  Yes    The internal SD Memory Card and flash memory  are set so that they cannot be changed including  initialization        Peak Power  Control    Normal    Low    Sets Yes No of low peak power control        Power Save    Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of the save power mode        Sleep    Enable  Disable    Sets Enable Disable of Sleep Mode        USB Host  Power    Off  On    Sets the power supply provided for a USB host in  the Power Save mode     Off reduces the supply of power   On provides normal supply of power        Language   Language  Setup Initialize          Execute    Deletes the message file in a flash memory        5  Maintenance Menu       44205401TH Rev 1    119        Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          6  Periodic Maintenance    61 Clero tra A fi iso  6 2 How to clean the LED lens array  6 3 How to clean the pickup roller    6 4 How to clean inside of printer       6  Periodic Maintenance          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          6 1 Cleaning       Clean inside and outside of the printer with clean dry cleaning cloth and small vacuum  cleaner  ha
117. ass C   Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the hatching HP 300 Class C   areas  Shaft   Apply a normal amount of HP 300 to the hatching areas    Roller Pressure  a  EE a A  A   n 13mm           Lever Release    EM3O0L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the hatching areas   thrust section      Gearse prohibition at  the this position          Plate Side R Caulking  Fuser     Gear Fuser  Z37     Grease prohibition    at the post   EM30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the  hatching areas  Shaft      Gearse    prohibition at    the this position    Gear Idle  Z21        Grease prohibition to the Gears        A EM30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the hatching areas  thrust  section            44205401TH Rev 1 85            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL            44263501PA Guide Assy   Eject U    EM 30L Class C   Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to surface of the post  bearing  portion  and the flange portion     EM 30L Class C   Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  surface of the shaft    Grease prohibition at the paper  running face                         EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  the gear teeth        EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount  of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to surface of the shaft and  flange portions    Grease prohibition at the  paper running face        EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to each of  the 
118. ates that access to a file system   SD Memory Card FLASH  is under  way     Indicates that the data reception is   in progress  and processing has not  started yet  This error indicates during  the period of PJL processing without  character print  or during job through  mainly     Print Configuration    Varies    Varies    Printing Menu Maps        Print File List    Varies    Varies    Printing File Lists        Print Error Log    Varies    Varies    Printing Error Logs                             Processing Blink    Varies    Indicates that data reception or output  processing is progress     Varies    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst  of gather print  iii indicates number of  copies in progress  and jjj indicates  total number of printed copies  When  total number of copies is 1  the normal  indication of PRINTING is displayed              Data Present Varies          Varies       Indicates that the un printed data  remains in buffer  A printer is in the state  of waiting for the data to receive                   If a printer  is stopped  while  indicating  the state of       Copy kkk Ill    Varies    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst  of Copy printing  kkk indicates number  of copies in progress  and Ill indicates  total number of printed copies  When  total number of copies is 1  the normal  indication of PRINTING is displayed         Remaining  data exists    print the   data forcibly    Verifying Job    Indicates that the integrity o
119. ates that canceling a job is in  progress because the log storage area  inside a printer has run out of memory  space  and the operation  Cancel the  job  is specified at log full    JobAccount        Color Adjusting    Varies    Varies    Indicates that the automatic color  registration correction is in progress              Varies       Calibrating    Varies    Indicates RFID RD WR checking is in  progress                 Density Adjusting    Varies    Varies    Indicates that the automatic density  correction is in progress  The status  code 10988 corresponds to the density  read out  Leisus     STSDEN  1  and  10994 corresponds to the density  correction  Leisus     STSDEN  0                     Varies       Adjusting Temp     Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst   of cooling down  Note that  period  is  added at the end of message  Adjusting  the fuse temperature            Varies       Adjusting Temp    Varies    Indicates that a printer is in the midst  of warming up  During this period   0 of  the Leisus I F  STSENG bit is  0                  Varies       Optimizing Temp    Varies    Indicates that printing is stopped  temporarily due to high temperature   of a drum  Alternately  this message  indicates that a printer is in the standby  state waiting for the thermal cooling  down when switching paper size from  narrow to wide                 Varies       Power Save          Varies       Indicates that a printer is in the power  save status    When a prin
120. ature     During operating    10  C 32  C  17  C 27  C   Temperature requirement for full color print        During non   operating    0  C 43  C  power off       During keeping   for a year at most       10  C 43  C  with drum and toner       During transferring   for a month at most      29  C 50  C  with drum  without toner       During transferring   for a month at most      29  C 50  C  with drum  without toner       Core    PowerPC464       I cash     D cash    L1 l 32KB  L1 D 32KB       Clock    532MHz       Bus width    32bit       Resident    256MB          Program font    64MB    Operating  environment   Humidity     During operating    During non   Operating    20  80   50   70    Humidity requirement for full color print   The highest wet bulb temperature is 25  C    10  90   The highest wet bulb temperature is  26 8  C  power off       During keeping    10  90   The highest wet bulb temperature is  35  C          During transferring          10  90   The highest wet bulb temperature is  40  C       44205401TH Rev 1    10            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Operation life    Printer operation life    600 000 pieces A4 transvers direction  5years       Print duty   M L 12  A L 12 5     Max 60 000 pages   month  Average 6 000 pages  month       MTBF  2 3  duty     Not applicable       MPBF    50 000 pages       MTTR    Within 20 minutes       Toner operation life   ISO IEC19798     Mounting toner  4 000 pages black   4 000  pages  color        Standard    11 0
121. bled        44205401TH Rev 1 115           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          2  When access to the EEPROM of the board to remove is impossible     If the SERVICE CALL 104  Engine EEPROM Error  or 40  EEPROM Error  is   displayed on the operator panel with the board to remove  or is EEPROM data   cannot be read out  perform the following procedure by using the Maintenance   Utilities     1  Setting the serial number information  Maintenance Utilities Operation  Manual section 2 4 1 1 10 3     The SAP serial number is applied to printer  The SAP serial number is  displayed in the top most row of the serial number label  Its number indicates  the production place with 2 digits  manufacture date with 2 digits  serial  number  sequential number  with 6 digits and revision number with 2 digits  totaling 12 digits number       Select PU Serial Number for the printer serial number  and Show Only Serial  Number for the output mode  Do not enter the CU serial number      The PU serial number is the 10 digits number excluding the revision number of 2  digits among the 12 digits SAP serial number    e Perform the above setting by using the Maintenance Utilities section    2 4 1 1 10  Board setting function        section    2 4 1 1 10 3 Serial number information setting       e To specify the PU serial number  enter the 11 digits number after adding    0     Zero  in single byte character  at the top   Be careful that the read out data shows the 10  digits number    Enter the 11 digit numbe
122. bnet Mask   255 255 0 0  Gateway Address  0 0 0 0  Web  Enable  Telnet  Disable       Disable  SNMP   Enable  Network Scale   Normal  Hub Link Setting   Auto Negotiate  Factory Defaults   Print Setup  Personality   Auto  Copies   4  Duplex   Off  Media Check   Enable  Resolution   600x1200dpi  Toner Save Mode   Off  Mono Print Speed   Auto  Default Orientation   Portrait  Form Length   64 fines  Edit Size   Cassette Size  X Dimension   210 millimeter  Y Dimension   297 millimeter  PS Setup  Network Protocol   RAW  USB Protocol  RAW  POL Setup  Font Source   Resident  Font Number   10  Font Pitch   10 00 CPt  Symbol Set   PC 8  AA Print Width   78 column             44205401TH Rev 1    57           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3 7 Connecting method    3  Set up        lt USB connection gt     Note  Please refer to user s manual for operation environment     Prepare for USB cable    Notes    The printer cable is not included   Provide the USB2 0 cable for special user   e When connecting the cable in  Hi Speed  mode of USB 2 0  please use  the USB cable with Hi Speed spec   e Select the USB cable of less than 5m  It is recommended to use the  USB cable of less than 2m        Turn the printer and computer OFF     Memo Although USB cable can plug and play with computer and printer power  on  after this the setup of printer driver and USB driver may be required   Here the printer is turned off to plug and play the USB cable     Connect the computer to the printer    1  Insert th
123. bol to PostScript Fonts  lg   Job Timeout  0 seconds   Wait Timeout  300 seconds   Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline  100 pinel s  s   Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap  600 pinel s       o i instababie O  fed 1  Standard  le     Duplex Motlast y   rondar    DT   Memory  Brant oniy   ox   _ corcel   For Windows XP        O For Windows Vista  click on  start    gt    control panel    gt   printer      For Windows XP  click on  start    gt    control panel    gt   printer and other  hardware    gt   printers and Faxes      For WindowsServer 2003  click on   start    gt   printers and faxes      For Windows 2000  click on  start    gt    Settings    gt   printers       Click the  C711 PS   icon with right   click button on your mouse and  choose the  Properties         Choose  get information from printer   from  installable options  in  Device  options  tab  and click  setup  or  get  information from printer   For USB  connection  set  Optional paper  source  manually       Click  OK         44205401TH Rev 1    47 I          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up          For Windows PCL printer driver For Mac OS X      For Windows Vista  click on  start    gt    control panel    gt   printer         When the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X before installing the  printer driver  the device information is gotten automatically  However  if the printer is          For Windows XP  click on  start    gt  connected by  IP print  and  Bonjour  Rendezvous    the 
124. c Maintenance                    ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenees 120  Vea Ie 21        a0 6 nn nos ir o o retreat ee 121  6 2 How to clean the LED lens array   oooocccnnoccononcccnnonncnnnancnnnnnnnnnon conan nnn raro nn nan nnnnnnns 122  6 3 How to clean the pickup roller      oooo oconoccnnoncccnnonccononcncnonnncnnon cnn nannn crono no nnnnnnnnns 124  6 4 Howto clean inside of printer      ooooncccnnncccnoncccnnnncnnnancnnorn non non cn nnnnn nn narran nnnnnnns 125  7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure             c sssssseeeee 127  7 1 Before starting the repair Work    oooonoocinicicnnconnnccnnnnscncncnnennnnnncrnnnnn nn rnnenrnnarennnnos 128  7 2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities         128  7 3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality                         128  7 4 Preparation for troubleshooting       oooccnnocccnnncccnnonccnnonnnonannnonnonnnnnn cnn narrnn nn nnnnnnns 128  7 5 Troubleshooting Method     ecociasrnscins tiende oca oai 129  FHA LED message listarinnar pr ries oeo 129  7 5 2 Preparation for trouDleShOoting          eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneersneeees 150    7 5 3 Troubleshooting the abnormal images     oocononcconnonccnoncccnnoncnnnnrnnonanacannnncnnns 182  7 5 4 Network troubleshooting sisone naai 189  7 5 4 1 Connection error occurs with the Web browSe      ooonoccicccccoccoccconnc  n 189  7 5 4 2 Print operation is not POSSIDIC         ee eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeteee
125. ca 2g   E ec AS A ap    RM198 E    m108  8 i S    S853 E  R94 ES R90 EA S E R97      Y 58 8 3 oo s23 ol eae   BH  TIT Me FABS m ag Wo  3255 oz SE 22880 om  EN 3 Qt E ES 3 3 pae  a U A  uma  U   fo Car  ml  E0   O CH E Da Re   2 mo 5 3 B51    7 Bor A  9 1 mH  w 3 is 3 Rag 808 R08 SB 9p y AS  lle el T p Ps 5 E c coe e   Ez         cra d 1      o    F a En Ka 8 se S fo   E0  o or 0 0 C36  all   alle AMG    a  Ly a Qie Q17 ps L4 746   9 C34 Er MW  E n an OG 8 103 Ua   2 5  Ll   029 T  aT a on dn RM2 alle fhe   3    8   14  fais o E Gi c27   a iz  o0 O  m T c22 a Rec C24 Liy  En Q13 c21 1C30 pi  i D4 An 13       i  s c   d ii ge g   3   o  Y HVOLT   Infele 1C1 ele 2  z BE T T fh BEE E y n te D ciso cia  E a       on 8  5 a E Fa ANT gl El f TN 9     ji i EREI  oo  a o  CPI  R10                                                                            95  ce  D22  CO    cam 22    4                                                                   FLCS1                IC13                                              RM13 RM14    q  R60                                  OSCLAN1       BF1                                        te y             CO                R133                 1C7                TESTS                                                                                                                                           44205401TH Rev 1    209            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL                 BF529    BF521                                                          
126. cannot be created   When creating Certificate  entry into the items of Common Name  Organization  Locality  State   Province  Country Region is the must item   Entry into Organizational Unit can be omitted    Solution   Enter the appropriate value into all of the required input items  and  execute creation of Certificate     For more details of the input items  refer to the User   s Manual  Advanced  edition      7 5 4 3 2 The printer is printing     Certificate cannot be created while printing is in progress   Print operation has priority    Solution   Create Certificate when all other operations are complete     During creation of self sign certification  during creation of CSR for  Certificate of certifying authority  and during installation of Certificate   the printer must not perform any other operations  such as printing   until the operation is complete  creation of self sign certification is  complete  creation of CSR is complete  and installation of Certificate is  complete      7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 4 4 Installation of Certificate is not possible    When installation of Certificate fails  the following causes are probable   Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items      User has changed the IP address of a printer to other IP address than the  IP  address during creation of CSR        Refer to section  7 5 4 4 1 IP address of the printer has been changed     Network card is initialized  while user is applying issuance 
127. ccurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer     Check item     6 2 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  on the belt     Remove the ID unit and check if paper is jammed  or not in the paper running path     Remove the  jammed paper         6 2 2  Check condition of    Check the sensor  lever of the WR  sensor     the mechanical parts    Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever         6 2 3  Motor operation check       Paper feed motor  driver  belt motor  driver and ID motor    Confirm that the paper feed motor  belt motor  and ID motor work normally by using the Motor   amp  Clutch Test of the self diagnostic mode   Check if any load exists or not     Replace the  CU PU board   or replace the  defective motor  among paper  feed motor  belt  motor and ID  motor  or replace  the ID unit or  belt unit    If any attempt   of using new ID  unit or new belt  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Paper feed motor   belt motor    Remove the BELT ID UP connector  2  of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 5     FG  Several MQ between pin 6     FG  Several MQ between pin 7     FG  Several MQ between pin 8     FG    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the  CU PU board and check t
128. change the toner cartridge as required     2  Operating instructions       44205401TH Rev 1    28            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          General of the density correction    The density correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the belt  with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit     Density correction auto start timing              The environment is remarkably different from last time when the power is on   When one or more ID count among the four ID count show the status of new part   at the power on   The ID count value exceeds 500 count from last operation    When one or more UD is replaced with the new ID    When the belt is replaced with the new belt   When toner cartridge is replace due to Toner Low  or Toner Empty so that Toner  Low or Toner Empty has disappeared    The amount of toner of the pattern  the toner dirt and the open close trouble of the shutter  etc  may lead to correction error     However  as the error message may not display even if the error is occurred  it is  necessary to perform the density correction  see 5 3 1 7  by the utilization of the self   diagnostic mode and confirm the error display     2  Operating instructions    Transfer belt          Sensor shutter Density sensor Belt cleaning blade    Density sensor          44205401TH Rev 1    29            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Error confirming method and Error solving method  Use the density correction test function in self diagnostic mod
129. ck if the offset toner of the previous printing  is left adhered on the fuser unit or not  by visual  inspection        Repeat blind  printing using  unwanted media  until offset toner  is created on print  media  Alternately  replace the   fuser unit  If any  attempt of using  new fuser unit as  a trial is going to  be made  be sure  to use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Check item     2 2 1  Print media    Check work    at NG       Type of print media    Check to see that the print media which is used  for printing is not a specially thin media     Use the normal  paper         2 2 2  High voltage terminal       ID unit terminal       Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID  unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly  normally by visual inspection   Refer to Figure  7 3            Replace the ID  unit or correct  the high voltage  terminal    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        44205401TH Rev 1    184            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3  3  White print  Refer to Figure 7 2C     3 1  White print over entire page    Check item     3 1 1  Toner condition    Check work    Check item    Action to be taken    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     3 1 3  High voltage terminal    Action to be taken  at NG       at NG    ID unit terminal       Remaining amount  of toner    Confirm that sufficient amount of toner rema
130. ck the feed roller  and the pickup roller        Check if any foreign materials such as paper  dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the  pickup roller or not     Remove the  foreign material        Check if the feed roller has worn out or not           Replace the feed  roller         5 2 4  Check the system connection       Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check the connection condition of the cable   Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector is  inserted in a slanted angle or not    Check also that cables are assembled without  any abnormality     Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check that any cable is not pinched during  assembling of the printer    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the CU   PU board and check the followings at the cable  side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG  Short circuit between pin 2     FG  Short circuit between pin 3     FG  Short circuit between pin 4     FG    Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Paper feed motor       Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the  CU PU board and check that approx  3 4Q can  be measured between pin 1  pin 2  and that  approx  5Q can be measured between pin 3   pin 4 respectively           Replace the  paper feed  motor        44205401TH Rev 1    165            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   6  Paper ru
131. consumable  item    Check by visual inspection if the respective  consumable items are installed in their normal  positions in which gears of the consumable items  engage accurately or not     Replace an  appropriate  mechanical part  as required  or  adjust or repair        2 2 4  Check the wiring conditions of cables          Wiring conditions  of the cables in  the vicinity of the  respective cooling  fans    Check if the cable contacts with the fan blade  because wiring conditions of the cables near fan  is poor or not     Clap  clap  sound is generated when an error  occurs      2 2 5  Check installation condition of mechanical parts       Correct the  wiring conditions  of the cable        Check the  installation  conditions of the  partition plate under  the CU PU boards           Remove the CU PU board  and inspect the  installation conditions of the partition plate by  visual inspection        If they are not  hooked on the  normal specified  positions  correct  them     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     2 3  Bad odors are generated     Check item    Check work     2 3 1  Locating the exact position of generating bad odor    Action to be taken  at NG       Fuser unit    Remove the fuser unit and check the odor     Implement  section  2 3 2         Low voltage power  supply unit    Remove the low voltage power supply unit and  check the odor     Replace the low  voltage power  supply unit        2 3 2  Check conditions of the fuser unit    Life count of fuse
132. cover of color blur  sensor and the density sensor is close         Heat roller   stop     Fuse motor   CW   Cover open gear       Figure 2 9       44205401TH Rev 1    26            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          General of color blur correction    The color blur correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the  belt with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit     The pattern is detected by this sensor  and the correction is operated     Color blur correction auto start timing      When the power is on     When the cover is closed after the cover is opened once     When more than 400 copies are printed or when more than 6 hours have elapsed  since the last print     The Sleep mode has no color blur correction auto start timings     The amount of toner of the pattern  the toner left on the sensor and the open close  trouble of the shutter etc  may lead to correction error  However  as the error message  may not display even if the error is occurred  it is necessary to perform the color blur  correction  see 5 3 2 6  by the utilization of the self diagnostic mode and confirm the error  display     2  Operating instructions    Transport belt          Sensor shutter Color blur sensor    Color blur sensor    Right color blur correction pattern    Left color blur correction pattern       Color blur sensor       44205401TH Rev 1    27            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Error confirming method and Error solving method    Use the color
133. ctric shock  fire  injury    Do not put a vessel s  filled with water on the printer    This may cause an electric shock  fire    Do not touch the fuser unit when you open the cover of the printer    It is hot and could cause burns    Do not throw the toner cartridge  the image drum cartridge into the fire    It may cause burns due to dust explosion    Do not use inflammable sprays near the printer    It may cause fire because some parts in the printer may become very hot    If the cover becomes abnormally hot  smoke rises  it smells strange or it sounds  abnormal  please pull out the power plug from the outlet and contact the customer    center   It may cause fire        3  Set up    AWarning    If the liquid such as water enters the printer  please pull out the power plug from the  outlet and contact the customer center lt may cause fire     If you drop the foreign objects such as clip in the printer  please pull out the power  plug from the outlet and take the foreign objects out    This may cause an electric shock  fire  injury    Do not disassemble the printer unless following the correct procedure written in the  manual  This may cause an electric shock  fire  injury     A Caution    Do not set it in a place where the vent hole of the printer is blocked    Do not set it directly on heavy wool or shag carpet    Do not place it in locations of poor ventilation such as enclosed areas    Give particular attention to adequate ventilation care when using it continuously in a 
134. curity      gt   Encryption  SSL TLS    Log on in as the administrator  and select  Security      gt   Encryption  SSL TLS      If the following screen is displayed  certificate of the printer is not created yet   The same If the following screen is displayed  certificate has already been created  but the SSL TLS  screen is displayed when failed to create certificate   setting is turned  OFF     Solution  Create certificate by referring to the User   s Manual  Advanced edition   Solution  Set the SSL TLS setting to  ON                            ema   Canc  prova mama sana tranga Poy Car ar manae  Or  Cancel   rane oee sane menos Pues canary one emos Etna   coe         Before creating certificate  default state        44205401TH Rev 1 190            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 4 1 3 Check version number of the Web browser    Check version number of the Web browser in use    How to check version number    For Internet Explorer  Launch the browser and select  HELP       Version information      Recommended version is Internet Explorer 5 5 and higher     Solution   Install the newest web browser  Alternately  install the high encryption  pack   If any version that is older than the recommended version is used   communication can become possible sometimes when the encryption  strength is set to  Weak   If the encryption strength is set to  Weak    security level lowers  To change the encryption strength  refer to  section  7 5 4 1 4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer
135. d  LPR port of  the WINDOWS       Check if the LINK  lamp  green  is  illuminating or not     Check if the HUB and a printer are connected  normally   Check that the network cable is  connected normally      Re connect the  network cable  normally           Confirm that the straight network cable is being  used     Replace the  cable with the  straight cable        Make an attempt to change connection of the  network cable to other port of a HUB     Try to change  the HUB        Check the network info    rmation       Check if the network  information can be  printed normally or  not     Print the  NetworkInformation  by select  Print  Information   Network      Re write the  NIC F W by  using Utilities        Check contents of the network information        Confirm the IP  address  SUB net  mask and gateway  address     Confirm the IP address  SUB net mask and  gateway address that are printed on the network  information     Set the IP  address  SUB  net mask and  gateway address  normally        Check if communication is possible or not through network       Confirm if the Ping  command can be   sent or not froma  PC to a printer     Confirm if correct reply is returned from a printer    to a PC when the PC sends the Ping to a printer     Set the IP  address  SUB  net mask and  gateway address  normally        Check the Utilities           Check setting of the  OKI LPR Utilities     Check the setting items of the OKI LPR Utilities           Set the OKI LPR  Utilities settin
136. d in front of the toner sensor  it indicates that the toner sensor and  the related system of the printer are working normally    Action to be taken at NG  e Clean surface of the toner sensor to remove the stains due to residual   toner and paper dust    e Check the connection condition of the FFC cable at the PU main  board  PU  and at the toner sensor board  PRZ     e Perform the operation check again  If the situation is not improved and  remains unchanged  replace the PU main board  PU  or the toner  sensor board  PRZ      2  How to check operation of the toner sensor at the toner cartridge  TC  side   1  To the position where the toner sensor is confirmed to be operating  normally in the printer itself by the above paragraph  1   install the TC  and the ID unit to check operations by observing display on the Operator  Panel    2  If the ID unit works normally  the display on the Operator Panel will  toggle between  H   lt   gt   L  in synchronism with movement of the silver  reflector plate that is located on the side of the ID    Action to be taken at NG  e Check operation condition of the respective ID motors by using the   Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self diagnostic mode    e Clean surface of the silver reflector plate on the side of ID to remove  stains   Stain due to toner or paper dust      Replace the TC of different color and the ID unit as a pair    If a satisfactory operation is attained by using the a pair of TC of  different color and the ID unit  replace 
137. d open  the top cover       Loose the screw  one place      Remove the side cover     Pull it outward to remove while holding  the upper edge of the side cover to lift     Side cover      Open the multi purpose tray       Observing the orientation of the SD  memory card  insert it into the slot on       Pull up on the handle  blue  at the center ine Pinel side     of the front cover  and open the front  cover forward  Note  The card cannot be used with  its write protect switch  to guard  against accidental erasure on the  card  in the unlocked position  To  use the card  be sure to place the  switch in the locked position        Front cover       44205401TH Rev 1 53            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL                      Install the side cover      one place      Close the top cover and front cover     Top cover    Screw Side cover    Front cover     4  6  Connect the power cord and printer cable to the printer  and turn the  power on       Press the SD memory card until it clicks       Fix the side cover with the screw     3  Set up     4  7  Print the setting content and confirm if the SD memory card is installed  properly     System  Serial Number    Asset Number    CU Version   C1 01  PU Version   00 03 14         Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3 6     Confirm the SD Memory Card capacity displayed in  SD Card      Memo The capacity of SD memory card might be different from the example of  the above figure    Note  Please reinstall the SD 
138. d operation    check       Paper feed clutch          Confirm that the paper feed clutch or regist  clutch works normally by using the Motor  amp   Clutch Test of the self diagnostic mode   Remove the metal plate from the right side of a  printer so that the clutch becomes visible  Then   check operation of the clutch           Replace the  CU PU board   or replace the  paper feed  clutch or regist  clutch        Check that any cable is not pinched during  assembling of the printer    Remove the CL1 connector  4  of the CU PU  board and check the followings at the cable side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG    Remove the CL1 connector 4  of the CU PU  board and check that approx  240Q can be  measured between pin 1 and pin 2           Replace the  solenoid and re   assemble the  printer correctly        44205401TH Rev 1    1627          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   4  Feed jam  error code 380      4 1  Jam occurs immedi    Check item     4 1 1  Check condition of    ately after the power is turned on     Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the front unit    Open the front cover check if paper is not  jammed in the paper running path     Remove the  jammed paper         4 1 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor 1   that of the paper  entrance sensor 2  and that of the WR  sensor     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers hav
139. de cover      Fix the side cover with the screw   one  place       Close the top cover and front cover            Note  Be careful that the font cannot be downloaded     Side cover       Screw        4  1 Turn the power of printer off  and pull out the power cord     Please turn off the power with following the procedure in chapter 3 5 2  Turn off  power         Front cover  Notes     f you turn off the power without properly shutting down  it may cause  damage to the printer  Please operate the  Shutdown Menu     3  6  Connect the power cord and printer cable to the printer  and turn the e it may cause damage to the printer  if you install the optional memory  power on  with power ON     Note   f the message  Service Call 031 Fatal Error  is displayed  please reinstall  the memory      3  7  Print the setting content and confirm if the optional memory is installed  properly     System  Serial Number    Asset Number    CU Version   C1 01    Total Memory   256MB    SD Card   16 14GB FSO   Date and Time   08 03 2000 14 40         Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3 6     Confirm the total memory capacity displayed in  Total Memory  of  System   part   Note  l   total memory capacity displayed in  Total Memory  is incorrect   please reinstall the memory        44205401TH Rev 1 52            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up           4  2  Open the top cover and front cover   4  3  Remove the side cover                 Press down the OPEN button  an
140. details    Does this error recur     Does this error recur     Remedial measure    Turn on the power  again    Replace the fuser  unit    Replace the low  voltage power  supply unit     Display    Re start the printer     203  Error  204  Error  207  Error  208  Error  214  Error  FOC  Error  FFF  Error    CU program  error    The error  numbers  203 through  214 do not  occur under  the normal  operation      7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Error details    Illegal processing is executed  by the CU program     Remedial measure    After turning off  the power  check  for the normal  connection CU PU  board  Then  turn  on the power  again           Service call  181  Error  182  Error    183  Error    Option unit  I F error   181 Duplex  Unit   182 2nd Tray   183 3rd Tray     Does this error recur     Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    Check for sure  connection of the  connectors   Replace the option  unit     Service call  230  Error    RFID Reader  not Installed    RFID read device error    Does this error recur     Check for normal  connection of the  RFID R W board   Replace the RFID  R W  Replace the  CU PU board           Re start the printer   190  Error    System  memory  overflow    Does this error recur     Turn on the power  again    Increase the add   on RAM DIMM        Service call  200  Error   202  Error    PU Firmware  Download  Error    Error has occurred during re   writing of the PU firmware     After turning   on the power  a
141. device information could not   control panel    gt   printer and other be gotten automatically   hardware    gt   printers and Faxes   If the printer is connected by  AppleTalk   the device information could also not be  For WindowsServer 2003  click on gotten automatically when the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X   start    gt   printers and faxes   before installing the printer driver   For Windows 2000  click on  start    gt  Please finish the following setting procedure for above   Settings    gt   printers     eee    gs    gt   p       A O Double click  Applications  for hard  EA   disk   gt   utility    gt   print setting utility   O Click  C711          is PCL or PCL Tea ha ae you tars aan tn at yt tay he   Applications    gt   Utility    gt   print  XPS  printer driver type   icon with ieee center  in Mac OS X   OKI Cam right click button on your mouse and   Select  C711   click  Show info  and  CE e   t    choose  Properties   A Lee open  printer info     For Windows XP     Choose  get information from printer     Choose  installable options    ie  Device options  tab  For USB   Select the  Optional paper source    connection  input the optional tray es and click  Apply    number in  Optional devices  manually  ica Vier   f       Close  printer info      Click  OK      Cc        44205401TH Rev 1 48            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           2  Installation of Duplex unit    This unit is used for printing on two sides of paper   Note  For two sides pri
142. dition of paper running path    Paper running path          Check that any burr that may scatter the un   fused toner on the paper running path does not  exist           Remove the  burr           Replace the ID  unit    Replace the  fuser unit     Replace the  fuser unit     Replace the belt  unit     If any attempt   of using new  consumable  item as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        44205401TH Rev 1    186            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3  6  Heavy color reg    istration error     6 1  Display of the message  Color adjustment is in progress  appears only short time     Check item     6 1 1  Result of color regi    Check work    stration error correction    Action to be taken  at NG       Color registration  error correction  time  If a printer is  normal  it is approx   40 seconds      Use the self diagnostic mode and execute the  REG ADJUST TEST  Check the result  Error  is issued but is not displayed on the ON LINE  display     Replace the  sensor that  causes the error   Clean the sensor  to remove stain   Replace the  shutter  Replace  the CU PU  board         6 1 2  Toner       Remaining amount  of toner    Check if the message  Prepare toner  replacement   or  Replace the toner   appears or  not      6 1 3  Color registration error detection sensor    Replace toner  cartridge with  new one        Sensor is dirty    Is toner or paper dust attached to the sensor     Clean the sensor  to r
143. e CANCEL key stops the test print     If any alarm that is shown in the following details column is issued at startup of  test print or while test print is in progress  the test print is interrupted   For error  details  refer to section 5 3 2 14 Panel display details  However  the comment to    be displayed is different in the case of the PU test print      Panel display Details    STACKER FULL    Stacker full       PAPER END  SELECTED TRAY    No paper       DUPLEX UNIT IS  NOT INSTALLED    SELECTED TRAY IS  NOT INSTALLED    DUPLEX is not installed    Selected tray is not installed        REMOVE PAPER  OUT OF DUPLEX    DUPLEX internal error       INSTALL CASSETTE TRAY    OPEN          Cassette removal    Print pattern  It cannot be used for checking PQ      0  8 to 15        White paper print    Pattern 1    Pattern 2    Pattern 3    Pattern 5       Pattern 7    5  Maintenance Menu    Pattern 4    Pattern 6    Note  lf the solid print  pattern 7  among  the local print function is selected  and printed with the setting of  100  each color  offset occurs  To  prevent print from this trouble  the  print setting of each color should  be made in accordance with  the instruction specified in step  5 3 2 5 3 when performing the sold  print  and number of print colors  should be two colors or less        44205401TH Rev 1    104            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             During printing  the following messages are displayed        Deas       Wa                P   Number of test pr
144. e USB cable into the USB interface connector of printer      2  Insert the USB cable into the USB interface connector of computer     Note  Do not insert the USB cable into the network interface connector   lt may cause trouble              USB Interface connector    Memo Please refer to user s manual for setup of printer driver        44205401TH Rev 1    58            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up           lt  Ethernet cable connection gt   lt  Parallel connection gt   Note  Refer to user   s manual for operation environment  Prepare for Parallel cable    Note  The parallel cable is not included in printer  Provide it for special user   Prepare for Ethernet cable    Note  The Ethernet cable and Hub is not included in printer   Provide the Ethernet cable and Hub for special user      lt Ethernet cabl gt   lt Hub gt     ES    pe       Turn the printer and computer OFF           Connect the computer to the printer      1  Insert the Ethernet cable into the network interface connector of printer  f   2  Insert the Ethernet cable into Hub  Connect the computer to the printer      1  Insert the parallel cable into the parallel interface connector of printer  and Lock  Memo Refer to user   s manual for setup of printer driver  it firmly by metal fittings    2  Insert the parallel cable into the parallel interface connector of computer  and fix    it firmly with screws              Network interface  connector       Parallel cable       44205401TH Rev 1 59            Oki Data CON
145. e any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor with the  good sensor  lever         4 1 3  Check condition of    Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     electrical parts    Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the Maintenance Menu  SWITCH SCAN function     Replace either  the CU PU board  or the front  sensor board   RSF PCB    or connection  cable        Check the output  signal levels of the  paper entrance  sensor 1  that of  the paper entrance  sensor 2 and that of  the WR sensor     Check for the following signals at the FSNS  connector  3  of the CU PU board     Pin 4  Paper entrance sensor 1  Pin 3  Paper entrance sensor 2  Pin 2  WR sensor    Confirm that the above signal levels change  when the sensor lever is operated     Replace the  front sensor  board  RSF  PCB        Check the power  voltages supplied  to the front sensor  board  RSF PCB        Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector 43   of the front sensor board  RSF PCB      Pin 1  5V power supply  Pin 5  OVL          Replace the  connection  cable         4 2  Jam occurs immedi    Check item     4 2 1  Check condition of    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    ately after the paper feed is started     Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the front unit    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper         4 2 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts 
146. e paper higher than the  V  mark on the paper guide   530    pieces for 70kg paper      5  Place the paper in position by paper guide    6  Rotate the paper size dial to match the paper     Return the paper cassette back to the printer      7       Place the printed side  facing down        Paper size dial    Paper guide  Paper set direction             44205401TH Rev 1    42               Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL       Set the paper in multi paper tray      1  Open the multi paper tray  and open the paper supporter     Multi paper tray        2  Match the manual insertion guide to the size of the paper      3  Flex the paper back and forth  Straighten the edges on a level surface         Manual insertion guide    Multi paper tray    Paper supporter    Manual insertion  guide    3  Set up     4  Place the printed side facing up  and insert the paper along the manual insertion  guide straightly until bumping up                       DS A  mA    eis A  S       Note  Set papers so that paper should not exceed the  V  mark   100 sheets of    paper with ream weight of 70 kg or 10 envelopes      5  Press down the set button        43         44205401TH Rev 1       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             3 5 2 Cable connect  Power condition       Keep the following items     AC voltage   110 127V   10   220 240V   10   Frequency of the power supply   50Hz or 60Hz   2     e Use the voltage adjusting transformer etc  when the power supply is unstable    e The maximum power consumption of this 
147. e sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode     Replace the  Duplex board   V7Y PCB     or replace the  defective sensor  or connection  cable         8 2 3  Check condition of    the paper running path       Paper inverting  transport path       Check that any foreign materials such as paper  chip or blue do not exist that hampers the  smooth movement of paper in the paper inverting  transport path           Remove the  foreign material        Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     8 2 4  Motor operation check    Action to be taken  at NG       Duplex motor    Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode     Open the rear cover and check rotation of the  roller     Replace the V7Y  board or motor        Duplex pull in   reversing roller and  its pinch roller       Check if the pull in reversing roller of the Duplex  unit contacts or not with the pinch roller of the  cover side when the Duplex rear cover is closed    Does the pinch roller rotate when the roller is  rotating          8 3  Two sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper     Check item    Check work     8 3 1  Sensor lever operation check       Replace the rear  cover     Action to be taken  at NG       Dup IN sensor lever    Open the rear cover  Touch the Dup IN sensor  lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or  not     Replace the
148. e to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE         6 4 2  Temperature control of the roller rotation speed       Heat roller detected  temperature     6 4 3  Check the installati    Check the detected temperature of the heat roller  using the self diagnostic mode  Is abnormally  high temperature or abnormally temperature  detected     on condition of fuser unit    Replace fuser  unit  or relay  board  PRY  PCB  or the  CU PU board    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Fuser unit       Check that the fuser unit is installed normally    Is it pushed in down to the bottom most point            Install the fuser  unit correctly in  a printer     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   7  Paper unloading jam  error code 382      7 1  Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on     Check item    Check work     7 1 1  Check condition of the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path of  the paper unloading  unit    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper         7 1 2  Check condition of the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  lever of the paper exit  sensor     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever         7 1 3  Check condition of electrical parts
149. e to confirm the error    See 5 3 1 7     Error solving method    e CALIBRATION ERR  DENS SENSOR ERR  Check 1  When the above display appears  please check the connection of sensor  cable   When the connection is abnormal  please set it properly   Check 2  Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper  melts etc   Please wipe the dirt off if the sensor is dirty     If there are no problems in check 1  2  and 3  please check the circuit     Please exchange the density sensor  relay PCB  PU PCB  and the cable one by one   and then check if the error is displayed     e DENS SHUTTER ERR  Check 3  Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is  normal by utilization of MOTOR amp CLUTCH TEST in self diagnostic mode   Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in  trouble     e DENS ID ERR  Check 4  Remove the ID unit  and confirm if the toner abnormally leaves on the  surface of the drum   Exchange LED head  Focus control   Or exchange the ID unit   When a new ID unit is tried to use  please set the fuse keep mode of the  maintenance menu     2  Operating instructions    Toner sensor detection principle    Toner low is detected by the toner sensor  reflect sensor  installed in the equipment   The light board is installed in ID  and its rotation is synchronized with the mixing of toner   Moreover  the shutter is installed in ID  Toner cartridge set properly by the lever of toner  cartridge and synchronized toner 
150. eck item     10 1 1  Check the mecha    Check work    nical load during the Up movement    Action to be taken  at NG       Mechanical load  during installation  and removal of the  ID unit    Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when  removing the ID unit     IReplace the ID  unit  or replace  the right left side  plate    If any attempt   of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Greasing to the right  and left Up Down  link levers    Check if the slant surface of the link lever is  coated by grease or not     Apply grease        Assembled condition  of the right and left  Up Down link levers    Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of  link lever  that hampers movement of the link  lever     Assemble them  correctly         10 1 2  Up Down mechanism       Assembled condition  of the peripheral  mechanism of the  link lever    Is the mechanism assembled so that the link  lever is connected to the planetary driving gear     Assemble them  correctly        Right and left link  levers       Check if the link lever is set in the correct  position that enables the specified engagement  of gears     Check if the link lever is set in the wrong  position that results in the wrong engagement of  gears by several teeth            Assemble them  correctly        Check item     10 1 3  Sensor check    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       Up
151. eck the connecting condition of the FFC by  the visual inspection     Action to be taken  at NG    Correct the  connection  to the normal  connecting  condition        Head FFC    Remove the head FFC from the printer  Check  if any open circuit or peeling off of sheath has  occurred or not throughout the cable     Replace the  head FFC or the  CU PU board        Conduction of the  fuse on the CU PU  board        Check that 5V appears across the capacitor  CP8   Refer to section 7 6      Check if the fuses F15 and F12 are not open   circuit or not           Replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    177            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   16  Toner cartridge cannot be recognized   error code 540  541  542  543      16 1  Error caused by the consumable items     Check item Check work     16 1 1  Consumable items installation condition    Action to be taken  at NG       ID unit and toner Check that the ID unit is installed in the normal  cartridge position  Check that the lock lever of the toner  cartridge is locked         16 2  Error caused by the toner sensor  Check item Check work     16 2 1  Toner sensor condition       Correct the  installation to  the normal  installation  condition        Action to be taken  at NG       Toner sensor Is the receptor of the toner sensor stained     Wipe off the  stain from the  toner sensor        Toner sensor    Confirm that the toner sensor works normally by  using the SWITCH SCAN function of the self   diagnostic 
152. ectrical  and Electronics Engineers is supported  Using the computer and the  cable unsupported this standard may lead to unexpected operation        44205401TH Rev 1    16         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          2   Operating instructions    2 1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism     2 2  PHINtIMNG PrOCOSS     is cascssessssitss2ehesstanasisccestdizeaseasesaseszegsasteess Qtagtaaere          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             2  Operating instructions    2 1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism        1  Electrophotographic processing  The general of Electrophotography process is described as below   1  Charging    The voltage is impressed to CH roller  and the surface of OPC drum is  electrified     2  Exposure    LED head irradiates light to the image signal on the surface of the electrified  OPC drum  The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum  is attenuated by changing in light intensity  the electrostatic latent image is  formed on the surface of the OPC drum     3  Development    The electrified toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image of the OPC drum  by electrostatic force  and the image is developed on the surface of the OPC  drum     4  Transfer    The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum  and the electricity  is generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller  the toner image is  transcribed to the paper     5  Fusing  Heat and pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper in order to make  it fu
153. ed timer value  I O setting value   unit  HEX     e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key          partei                KID  YID  MID and CID are the constant speed timer value of the respective ID  motors  I O setting value   unit  HEX     e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        BELT            FRM  ee  yoo               BELT   Hopping motor constant speed timer value  I O setting value   unit  HEX   FRM           Frame thermistor read out AD value  unit  HEX    XXX    Frame temperature  unit    C      e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        DG Les ee yes ie Eee                DB   Develop voltage setting table ID number  unit  HEX        44205401TH Rev 1    105            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 5  Maintenance Menu          e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        TRUFAK V ppp qe       IA GS             TRI   Transfer voltage parameter VTR1 table ID number  unit  HEX   TR2   Transfer voltage parameter VTR2 table ID number  unit  HEX     e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        TRON IF a       BIBL I see                TROFF    Transfer OFF voltage setting table ID number  unit  HEX   BELT   XXX   Belt thermistor read out AD value  unit  HEX       Belt temperature  unit    C     5  Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required   6  Pressing the CANCEL key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1         44205401TH Rev 1 106            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 6 Color registration correction
154. een tubular portion  is highly inherently brittle  Be    very careful when handling it   e Be very careful not to expose the image drum to direct sun light or    O l   o T intense light  light of approx  1500 lux or more   Do not leave it under  D   the normal illumination even indoor for 5 minutes or longer      2  Press down the OPEN to open the top cover     A Caution  Persoralinuries may occur      N    The fuser unit gets very hot  Do not touch the fuser unit      1  Turn off the power of the printer                                   44205401TH Rev 1 125            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           4  Remove the fuser unit     Acaution  Pesonstinures may occur   N    The fuser unit gets very hot  Be very careful not to touch the fuser  unit with your hands     If it got hot  stop the work and wait until it cools down  After it has  cooled down  start the following steps     1  Raise the fuser unit lock levers  two levers shown in blue  in the direction shown  by the arrow     2  Hold the handle of the fuser unit and remove it                 Fuser unit lock levers   shown in blue     6  Periodic Maintenance     5  Clean the metal shaft with soft clean cloth or soft tissue paper         6  Install the fuser unit     For the detailed procedure  refer to the User s Manual     Setup Guide  Replacing  fuser unit       7  Return the four image drum cartridges to the printer gently and carefully    8  Close the top cover           44205401TH Rev 1    126            Oki Data CONFI
155. eeneeeeeaaes 195  7 5 4 3 Cannot create Certificate    eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeseneeeeeeeed 196  7 5 4 4 Installation of Certificate is not possible    eceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 196  7 5 4 5 Other Questionnaires    oocoococinnccnncnnonncocccncnncnnnnnnncnnnnncnnc nono ncarn nana nn nens 198  7 5 4 7 Network function restrictions on Sleep Mode   0ccoccocncccnccnoninnccnanccnns 201   TA ME A A lass ee Gekeediaotes  a e e a 202  7 7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size correspondence table                    203  8  Connection CIAQIAIMNS issciicaicinn nai is 204  8 1 Resistance value Check  iio nee aueewa ee 205  A Nne E E A E A 209  8 3    EW VOrSIONMUMDGM  cirios tdci d   ibi 218  8 3 1 ROM Control NUMBER    seccional dee case  o dci 218  8 3 2 ROM version check and display      ooococicccinnnnnnccnnconccnnccconccnncncarccnnrcnanccnnns 219  8 3 3 PCB Maintenance Indication StaMP   oonmicinninnnnnnnnnnconccnnncnncnarccnnraranccnnn 219       44205401TH Rev 1    5       Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          l  Configuration    1 1 System configuration    1 2 The Configuration of printer  1 3 Optional parts    1 4 Specifications    1 5 Specification of interface             Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 1 System configuration    1 Configuration       Figure 1 1 represents the system configuration of the printer     Centronics           Duplex  ie FAN   HOST USB                                                       i    Separator  CU area solenoid DUPLEX PCB  CD1    A
156. emove stain        6 1 4  Color registration error detection sensor shutter       Shutter operation is  faulty        6 2  Though REG ADJU    Check item     6 2 1  Paper feed system    Check the shutter operation by the self   diagnostic mode       Check work       Replace the  shutter or tune  the mechanism       ST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok  color blur occurs    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper feed system  of the paper running  path    Check if any obstacle exists in the paper feeding  path  that hampers smooth paper run           Remove the  obstacle       7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 3  7  Entirely black print   7 1  All black print over entire page    Check item    Check work     7 1 1  High voltage contacting condition    Action to be taken  at NG       CH terminal    Check that the terminal coming from the printer  body contacts with the high voltage terminal that  is located on the left side of the ID unit when  viewed from the top by visual inspection     Replace the  terminal of  printer side        CH terminal    Check that the high voltage terminal keeps the  normal contacting condition on the high voltage  board  Open the left cover and remove the high  voltage board  Then  check that the terminal   is not installed in the abnormal installation  condition     Correct the  installation  condition of  the terminal  to the normal  condition        ID unit terminal     7 1 2  High voltage output    Check that the high voltage t
157. en pin 3 and pin 4  3 40       44205401TH Rev 1    207            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Electrical circuit diagram  connection    Upper roller heater  1        6    Upper roller heater  2    A 6 AA    Thermostat              1 o     1 X          Upper thermistor         4 oJ                Fuser unit    Lower thermistor        5 o         _                   0 2 o                3    Frame thermistor       oO                             Part outside view                                                                                              8  Connection diagrams    Resistance value    Between pins  1 and  A  6  Several ohms to several ten ohms  Between pins    1 and    6  Several ohms to several ten ohms  Between pins  84 and    5  Approx  590kQ to 5338kQ  0 to 93  C   Between pins   2 and     3  Approx  104 5kQ to 806 5kQ  0 to 43  C   Between pins      2 and  8 3  Approx  104 5kQ to 806 5kQ  0 to 43  C   Between pins   4 and   5  Open       44205401TH Rev 1    208            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          8 2 Parts location    8  Connection diagrams        1  CU PU PCB                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
158. er left on the OPC drum is cleaned up by the drum cleaning  blade  and all residual toner is collected in the waste toner area of the toner  cartridge        Waste toner area    Toner cartridge    Drum cleaning blade        8  Electricity removal    The electricity on the surface of the OPC drum is attenuated by irradiating the  light to the surface of the OPC drum after transfer         Charging roller  Electricity removing  light PCB       Electricity removing  light    OPC drum       44205401TH Rev 1    20            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 2  Operating instructions           9  Belt cleaning    The toner left on the transport belt is cleaned up by the belt cleaning blade  and  all residual toner is collected in the waste toner box of the transport belt unit     Transport belt            gt        Belt waste toner box    Belt cleaning blade       44205401TH Rev 1 21           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          2 2 Printing process    2  Operating instructions       The paper fed from tray 1 or tray 2  tray 3 is transferred by feeder roller  resister roller  L  and transfer roller  It is transferred by MPT paper feed roller and resister roller U  when the paper is fed from MPT  After that  the paper on the belt passes through the  electrophotography process of KYMC  and sequentially the unfused toner image is  generated on the paper  And then  the toner is fused by heat and pressure when it  is passed through the fuse unit  After fusing  the paper is delivered to the faceup or  f
159. erminal of the ID  unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly  normally by visual inspection   Refer to Figure  7 3      condition    Replace the ID  unit or replace  the high voltage  board or correct  the high voltage  terminal    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        CH output       If high voltage probe is available as a  maintenance tool  open the left cover  and check  the CH output with the high voltage probe from  the soldering side of the high voltage board    The high voltage probe is not an ordinary  maintenance tool            Replace the high  voltage board        44205401TH Rev 1    187            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure                           amp  Charge roller    Q Ground  a OU NA  N    Developer roller          Toner feed roller    Figure 7 3       44205401TH Rev 1 188            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 4 Network troubleshooting     1  Print cannot be activated from Utilities     Check item    Check work     1  Check the LINK lamp    Action to be taken  at NG    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Action to be taken    Check work at NG    Check item     6  Check the following from an OS standard port       Confirm the standard  LPR port of the  WINDOWS standard    Set the standard LPR port of the WINDOWS  standard  NT  2000  XP   and confirm if printing  can be performed or not     Set the standar
160. ersion   01 00  Web Remote Version   01 02   System  Serial Number   Asset Number    CU Version  04 01  PU Version   00 03 14  Total Memory   256MB  Flash Memory   8MBIESO   SD Card   uninstalled  Date and Time   08 03 2000 14 18    Print Information  Configuration  Network  Demo Page   DEMOS  File List  PS Font List  PCL Font List  IBM PPR Font List  EPSON FX Font List  Usage Report  Error Log  Golor Profile List    Shutdown  Shutdown Start    Menus  Tray Configuration  Paper Feed   Tray   Auto Tray Switch  On  Tray Sequence   Down  Unit of Measurement   milimeter  Trayi Contig  Paper Size   A4  Media Type   Plain  Media Weight  Medium  MPTray Config  Paper Size  A4  Media Type   Plain  Media Weight  Medium  Tray Usage   Do Not Use    System Agjust  Power Save Time   30 minutes  Sleep Time   10 minutes  Clearable Warning   ONLINE  Auto Continue   Off  Manual Timeout   60 seconds  Wait Timeout  40 seconds  Low Toner   Continue  Jam Recovery   On  Error Report  Off  Print Position Adjust  X Adjust  0 00 millimeter  Y Adjust   0 00 millimeter  Duplex X Adjust   0 00 millimeter  Duplex Y Adjust   0 00 milimeter  Paper Black Setting   0  Paper Color Setting   0  Films Black Setting   0  Films Color Setting   0  SMR Setting   0  BG Setting  0  Drum Cleaning   Off  Hex Dump    Admin Setup    Network Setup  TCPAP   Enable  IP Version   IP v4  NetBEUI  Disable  NetBIOS over TCP   Enable  NetWare   Disable  EtherTalk   Disable  IP Address Set   Auto   Pv4 Address   169 254 112 104  Su
161. eset  EEPROM    Execute    Returns the EEPROM contents to the setup by the  manufacturer when shipped from the factory  factory  default profile  value  Upon completion of the setting  change  the system reboots automatically       Some specific items are not initialized           OKIUSER    Mainte   nance Print  Menu    OKIUSER Set the destination   JPOEM1  Japanese OEM    OEMA  Overseas OEM outside Japan of A4 size  default   OEMA  Overseas OEM outside Japan of the  Letter size default    Mainte   nance Print  Menu    Enable  Disable    Selects whether or not to display  Print Information      ID Check Pattern  and  Engine Status     When this menu item is set to  Disable   the function  menu  Print Information    ID Check Pattern  and   Engine Status  are not displayed all the time    When exiting this menu upon completion of setting  change  the printer reboots automatically        When the printer exits the menu  the printer reboots    automatically  Fuse Keep    Mode        Display condition   Encrypted SD Memory Card function is disabled              Format SD Execute IInitializes an SD card  Pressing the Enter button for  Card this option displays the confirmation message     Are You Sure   Yes    Fuse Keep  Mode    Execute    When the ENTER key is pressed  the command is  issued from CU to PU to set the system in ON LINE   Replace the consumable part with the new part  while the power is turned on   In this case  fuse   of the new consumable part is not cut  and the 
162. est    Execution of switch scan test    Adjustment objective  Operation check of  the respective sensors    Section  2 4 1 5 1       Motor clutch  test    Execution of motor clutch test    Adjustment objective  Operation check of  the respective motors and clutches     Section  2 4 1 5 2       Color  registration  correction  test    Color registration correction test    Execution of color registration correction  test     Section  2 4 1 5 3       Density  correction  test    Execution of density correction test    Section  2 4 1 5 4       Automatic  density  correction  control  parameter  setting     Use  prohibition     Setting the automatic density correction  control parameter    Use  prohibition       Counter  display    Checking reading of the consumable  items counter  consumables continue  counter and waste toner counter     Section  2 4 1 5 6          Local  parameter  setting       Switching of Factory mode and Shipping  mode  confirmation of fuse status       Section  2 4 1 5 7       Translate  Parameter  Setting    Note        Setting set values of translate parameter  items        Section  2 4 1 5 9          Do not perform any operations settings for the items that are specified as  Use of  this menu item is prohibited   If this caution is not observed  it may result in danger of  abnormal operations of the printer        44205401TH Rev 1    951          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 Maintenance menu functions    5  Maintenance Menu       5 3 1 Self diagnos
163. eter detects an error due to the  following reason  Receive data after  this is ignored until the job completion   When the job is completely received   this is automatically cleared       The job has a grammatical error       The page is complicated  and VM  was used up                 Change Fuser Unit                Change Belt Unit    Varies    Notifies the life of the fuser unit   warning   Displayed in a combination  of other message in the first line     Warning only  No Life error      This appears when the cover was  opened and closed just after the  fuser life error occurred     Notifies the transfer belt is end of its  life  Warning     This status message is displayed  when opening closing a cover or  turning power on again after the  transfer belt life error or belt waste  toner full error occurs     Replace the  fuser with the  new fuser     Replace the  belt unit with  the new belt  unit                                 COLOR  Image  Drum Near Life    Varies    The life of the drum  warning    Displayed in a combination of other  message in the first line  The printer  stops at the point when it reaches the  drum life  Shifts to error  OFF LINE      Moreover  when set as Admin Setup   System Setup   NearLifeLED      Disable   Attention LED is switched  off      COLOR   Yellow  Magenta  Cyan  Black        COLOR  Toner  Empty    Varies    Notifies toner is empty     This status message  warning  is  displayed when opening closing a  cover or turning power on again
164. ethod       3 5 1 Assemble the main body of the printer  3  Peel off the protection tape  4 places  on the back of the printer     Remove the protective materials      1  Peel off the desiccant and the protection tape  four places  on the printer         Desiccant       Protection tape Duplex unit    Protection tape     4  Confirm that the Duplex unit is fixed tightly   Protection tape     5  Pull the paper cassette out           44205401TH Rev 1 38      3  Set up          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           8  Remove the stopper  orange  when pressing down the lever of the fuser unit     6  Pull the retainer out in the direction of the arrow  1   Return the paper cassette     blue  in the direction of arrow        to the main body of the printer     Note   f you do not use the printer for a long time or transport it  please use the       stopper  Please keep it carefully     Lever of fuser unit  Blue           and open the top cover     El     7  Press down the OPEN button       OPEN button       39      44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up          Set the image drum cartridge   2  Put the image drum cartridge on the newspaper etc  peel off the tape of  protection sheet 1 and pull it out in the direction of the arrow      1  Take the image drum cartridge  four  out slowly     Tape       Note    The image drum  green cylinder  is very fragile  Please pay special  attention to handling it     Do not expose the image drum cartridge to direct sunshine and stron
165. f print data  for encrypted authentication is being  verified  for corruption and tampering         by pressing  the ON  LINE  button  or  delete the  remaining  data by  pressing the  CANCEL  button     Cancelling Job    Cancelling Job          Varies       Cancel of the job is indicated  A printer  is discarding the data until end of the  job     This message is displayed when a jam  occurs during jam recovery off    Cancel of the job is indicated  A printer  is discarding the data until end of the  job              44205401TH Rev 1    131            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                  Cancelling Job    Inspection  lamp    Details    Indicates that canceling of a printing  without permission is in progress   Job  Account related     1 When a job is received from a user  that is not authorized to print     2 When a color job is received from a  user that is not authorized to make a  color print     Remedial  measure    Panel display              The       Invalid Operation    mark indicates no  message in the upper row      Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Details    Pops up with the press of the Power  Save button while the printer cannot  switch to Power Save  Three seconds  after that  the display reverts to the one  before that     The message is also displayed by  repeatedly pressing the button     Remedial  measure             Cancelling Job    Varies    Indic
166. f the CU   PU board and check the followings at the cable  side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG  Short circuit between pin 2     FG  Short circuit between pin 3     FG  Short circuit between pin 4     FG    Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Paper feed motor          Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the CU   PU board and check that approx  3 49 can be  measured between pin 1  pin 2 at the cable end   and that approx  5Q can be measured between  pin 3  pin 4 respectively        Replace the    paper feed motor     7 5 2   5  Paper feed jam   5 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on   Multipurpose tray     Check item     5 1 1  Check condition of    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     error code 390  Multipurpose tray     Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the multipurpose  tray    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper         5 1 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor 2  and the WR sensor     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor with the  good sensor  lever         5 1 3  Check condition of    electrical parts       Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN 
167. f the paper tray with a clean cloth wrung out  roller  stringently of clean water     Note  Be sure to use a soft cloth or the like for cleaning the pickup roller   Otherwise  the roller surface can be damaged   Perform cleaning of the feed roller and the separation roller     Perform this cleaning when the error code  Open Cassette Paper Jam Tray1 Please see  HELP for details  occurs frequently         1  Draw out the paper tray     2  Clean the 2 feed rollers with a clean cloth stringently wrung out of clean water  o   2  geniy g Note    Clean the second tray  option  in the same manner when the error code     Open Cassette Paper Jam Tray2 Please see HELP for details  occurs  frequently    e Clean the feeder roller of the multi purpose tray in the same manner  when the error code  Open Cover Paper Jam Front Cover Please see  HELP for details  occurs frequently                 Feed roller          44205401TH Rev 1 124            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 6  Periodic Maintenance          6 4 How to clean inside of printer       Clean inside of the printer   3  Remove the image drum cartridge         1  Remove the four image drum cartridges and place them on a flat workbench   Toner can adhere to the metal shaft located in between the fuser and the cyan image    drum cartridge depending on the print patter  Perform cleaning of inside of the printer if  toner has adhered to the metal shaft     2  Cover the removed image drum cartridge with a black paper   Note    The image drum  gr
168. face of the OPC drum to the  surface of the paper     Charging roller        Sponge roller OPC drum        Developing roller    OPC drum  2  The electrostatic latent image on the surface of the OPC drum surface is    visualized by toner     Transport belt    Transfer roller       44205401TH Rev 1 19           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           6  Fusing   When the paper passes through the heat roller and backup roller unit  heat and  pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper and the toner is fused onto  the paper    The halogen lamps of 800W and 400W are built in heat roller  The backup roller  without built in halogen lamp is heated by the heat transmission from the heat  roller  The fusing temperature is controlled by the temperature detected by the  thermistor that is not in contacting with the surface of the heat roller  On the  other hand  the temperature detected by the thermistor rubbing the surface  of backup roller is used for controlling the fusing temperature under specified  conditions  Furthermore  a thermostat is used to limit the temperature rise  if  the temperature rise of heat roller exceeds a set point  the thermostat would be  open and the voltage supply to the heater would be cut off  The backup roller  unit is pressed on the heat roller by the spring on both sides     Thermostat    a i oe  Paper feeding path Paper  00  Heat roller  Backup roller  SS    Pad    Fuser belt Thermistor    2  Operating instructions     7  Drum cleaning  The Unfused ton
169. function of  the self diagnostic mode     Replace either  the CU PU board  or the front  sensor board   RSF PCB    or connection  cable        Check the sensor  output signal level of  the paper entrance  sensor 2 and the  WR sensor     Check for the following signals at the FSNS  connector  3  of the CU PU board     Pin 2  WR sensor  Pin 3  Paper entrance sensor 2    Confirm that the above signal levels change  when the sensor lever is operated     Replace the  front sensor  board  RSF  PCB        Check the power   voltages supplied  to the front sensor  board  RSF PCB     Check the 5V power at the CN connector  8  of  the front sensor board  RSF PCB     Pin 1  5V power supply   Pin 5  OVL             Replace the  connection  cable        44205401TH Rev 1    164            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           5 2  Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started   Multipurpose tray     Check item     5 2 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the multipurpose  tray    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper        Sheet Receive of the  multipurpose tray    Confirm that the Sheet Receive has moved up  normally    Confirm that the support spindle and spring of  the Sheet Receive have been installed in the  specified positions normally     Correct  installation of  the above parts  so that the  Sheet Receive  moves up to  the specified  position  normall
170. fuse status of the fuser unit        K ID UNIT           Checks the fuse status of the K 1D unit        Y ID UNIT           Checks the fuse status of the Y 1D unit        M ID UNIT           Checks the fuse status of the Y 1D unit           C ID UNIT                 Checks the fuse status of the C 1D unit        44205401TH Rev 1    111           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 11Self diagnostic function setting    This self diagnostic menu is used to set valid invalid of the error detection by the various    sensors     The error detection can be made invalid or valid for locating source of abnormality   However  this menu item requires expert knowledge to set among the engine operations     Handle this menu item with utmost care     Be sure to return the setting to the default setting upon completion of usage of this item     1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and keep pressing the  MENU   or   MENU   key until the following message is displayed     Display    ID UNIT  CHECK    Setting value    ENABLE    Operation at the  setting value    Checks       DISABLE    Not to check    5  Maintenance Menu    Function    Valid Invalid of ID installation check  operation       UP DOWN  SENSOR    REG ADJUST  ERROR    ENABLE    Detects       DISABLE  ENABLE    Not to detect    Stops       DISABLE    Not to stop    Valid Invalid of ID UP DOWN sensor  operation    Valid Invalid of error stop by the  color registration detection value          SENSOR SETTING    DRUM OVER  LIF
171. g  items correctly         NT  2000  XP   standard  NT   2000  XP     correctly           7 5 4 1 Connection error occurs with the Web browser    If the printer setting page cannot be displayed by the web browser  https    lt printer IP  address gt    check the followings     Establish connection by  https    lt printer IP address gt      1  If the printer setting page is displayed  the followings are probable   Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items     Certificate is not created yet   Or failed to create certificate        Refer to section  7 5 4 1 1 Is the certificate created       Certificate has been created but the SSL TLS setting is turned off       Refer to section  7 5 4 1 2 Is the SSL TLS setting set to  ON      2  Ifthe printer setting page is not displayed  the followings are probable     Version number of the browser is old    gt  Refer to section  7 5 4 1 3 Check version number of the Web browser      Encryption strength has been set to Strong       gt  Refer to section  7 5 4 1 3 Check encryption strength of a printer      The key exchange system of a printer is not supported by the browser    Compatibility problem       Refer to section  7 5 4 1 5 Check the key exchange type of the certificate         44205401TH Rev 1    189            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          7 5 4 1 1 Is the certificate created  7 5 4 1 2 Is the SSL TLS setting set to  ON     Log on in as the administrator  and select  Se
172. g  light  about 1500 lux   And do not expose it to room light for more than 5  minutes     Protection sheet 1         Starter toner cartridge    Image drum    E  3  Pull the protection sheet 2 out from image drum cartridge in the direction of  cartridge    arrow         4  Remove all protection sheets from the image drum cartridge        44205401TH Rev 1 40     3  Set up          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           7  Close the top cover      5  Return the image drum cartridge back to the printer        COLOR  Waste Toner Full Replace Toner   on the  t disappear indefinitely  please make sure that the lever    of the toner cartridge is fully moved in the direction of the arrow          Note  l   the message of      control panel doesn        6  Turn the lever of each starter toner cartridge in the direction of the arrow      Four levers           41      44205401TH Rev 1          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Set the paper into the paper cassette      1  Pull out the paper cassette   Do not peel off the rubber attached to the plate    2  Adjust the paper stopper and the paper guide to match the size of the paper   and then fix them tightly         3  Flex the paper back and forth  Do not fold or crease the paper  Straighten the    edges on a level surface        mE    gt      ADN  re       3  Set up     4  Place the paper in the cassette with the side to be printed facing down     Note    Place the paper with the top of the page nearest the paper cassette tab     Do not place th
173. gain  perform  downloading  again   This error  does not occur  during the normal  operation because  this processing is  not carried out      Service call  231  Error    RFID reader  I F error    Interface error with the RFID  reader is detected     01  Communication error  between the RFID reader  and the engine circuit  boards     02  Error in the wireless circuit  of the RFID reader    03  Communication error    between the RFID reader  and the toner cartridge     04  Error is detected in the RFID  toner cartridge    In more than 4     01  Same as the  error no  230    02  Replace the  RFID R W  board     03  Check for  normal  connection of  the antenna  cable     04  Check if  quantity of the  toner cartridge  is correct or  not           Re start the printer   209  Download Error       Custom  Media   Type table  downloading  has failed        Custom Media Type table  downloading has failed           After turning   on the power  again  perform  downloading  again   This error  does not occur  during the normal  operation because  this processing is  not carried out         Re start the printer     901  Error   904  Error    Note        Abnormal  temperature  of belt    901  Short   circuit   902  Open  circuit   903  High  temperature  904  Low  temperature       Is the cable from belt thermistor  to the high voltage board  connected normally     Does this error recur           Re connect the  cables normally   Turn on the power  again    Replace the belt  thermistsor
174. gear teeth 3 place             Grease prohibition at  the paper running face           Gear Idle Exit Z36    EM 30L Class C    Ze  Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to surface of Shaft Assy   the post  bearing portion   Eject FU  X          EM 30L Class B    Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L   to surface of the shaft   Grease prohibition at the paper running face        Grease prohibition at the paper running face  Shaft Assy  Eject FD        4  Component replacement     9 1 44257901PA Printer Unit PX757    EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the tips of terminal                  Plate Assy  Side L    Plate Contact TR          Application range  of grease           EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the whole circle of gear teeth           EM 30L Class C   Apply a normal amount of  EM 30L Class C MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the post   Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  the end surface          Plate Driver PU  Caulking              44205401TH Rev 1    86            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           9 2 44257901PA Printer Unit PX757    EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  the hatched areas                                                        NINN y a  a e Qf O a  lo My Soll Xa 00   467  y ll k l   9 bo g                                                          Spring Torsion L Plate Assy Side R    Cover Assy  Top       Panmotoroil Class C    Apply a normal amount of Panmo
175. he fan connector connected  normally     Does this error recur     Re connect it  normally   Replace the fan  motor    Replace the CU   PU board           Service call  122  Error       Low voltage  power supply  fan error       Is the fan  bottom right of the  front  of the low voltage power  supply block working     Is the fan connector connected  normally           Check for sure  connection of the  fan connector   Replace the CU   PU board   Replace the fan  motor        Service call    131  Error   134  Error    LED head  detection  error   131 Y   132 M   133 C   134 K     Is the LED head connected  normally     Is the LED HEAD fuse brown   Does this error recur     Install the LED  head unit normally   Check the LED  HEAD fuse    After checking fuse  Turn on the power  again    For the method of  checking the LED  head unit fuse   refer to section 7 6        Service call  142  Error       ID Up Down  position  detection  error       Is the ID unit caught by anything  when it is removed and re   installed     Does this error recur           Re install the ID  unit    Turn on the power  again    Replace the ID  UP DOWN sensor           44205401TH Rev 1    146            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display    Service call  150  Error   153  Error    The ID unit  fuse has  blown out    150 Y   151 M   152 C   153 K     Error details    Is the ID unit installed normally   Does this error recur    Does the printer recover from  the error when the PU PRZ  board is replaced
176. he followings at the  connector side    Several MQ between pin 1     FG   Several MQ between pin 2     FG   Several MQ between pin 3     FG       Several MQ between pin 4     FG          Replace either  paper feed  motor  belt motor  or CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    166            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item    Check work     6 2 4  Check the system connection    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper feed motor  drive cable  ID motor  drive cable  belt  motor drive cable    ID Up motor drive  cable  fuser motor  drive cable    Check the connection condition of the cables   CU PU board HP_PSZCL connector      DC ID  connector     DCHEAT connector     BELT ID  UP connector  2   RELAY connector       Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector is  inserted in a slanted angle or not    Check also that cables are assembled without  any abnormality     Normalize the  connection  condition   Replace the  cable with the  normal cable        Paper feed motor  drive cable  ID motor  drive cable  belt  motor drive cable  ID  Up motor drive cable    Check that any cable is not pinched during  assembling of the printer    Remove the BELT ID UP connector  2  of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG  Short circuit between pin 2     FG  Short circuit between pin 3     FG  Short circuit between pin 4     FG  Short circuit between pin 5     FG  Short circui
177. he followings while a printer is in the still state  Do not perform the  followings during warm up      1  Press the MENU   gt  or MENU w key several times until the  Calibration  is  displayed  Then  press the ENTER key    2  Press the MENU   gt  or MENU w key to display  Adjust Density Execute       3  Press the ENTER   lt 3  key     The automatic density correction starts        44205401TH Rev 1    117           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 6 Printer boot menu list    5  Maintenance Menu          While pressing the    SET button  turn on the power to display the Boot Menu     Memo To display the Boot Menu  entry of password is required  Default value of password    Category    is  aaaaaa      Enter  Password    EEEE EEEE EEEE    Enter password to enter Boot Menu   Enter the password of 6 to 12 digits of alphanumeric   The initial value is  aaaaaa         Parallel  Setup    Parallel    Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of parallel interface        Bi Direction    Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of bi direction of parallel  interface        ECP    Enable    Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of ECP mode        Ack Width    Narrow    Medium  Wide    Setting the ACK width when receiving the compatible  data     NARROW   0 5 us  MEDIUM   1 0 us  WIDE   3 0 us       Ack Busy  Timing    Ack in Busy  Ack while Busy    Setting order of outputting the BUSY signal and the  ACK signal when receiving the compatible data        I Prime    3 microseconds  50 microsecond
178. he supporters  2 places   and remove the frame Assy separator Y  and  spring  0        4  Component replacement       44205401TH Rev 1    76            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 19 Board PRZ  Liftup motor  Hopping motor  Paper  end sensor  Hopping sensor     1  Remove the left side cover  right side cover  rear cover  top cover unit  feeder  Assy regist   See section 4 2 3  4 2 4  4 2 6  4 2 9  4 2 18      2  Remove the control PCB   See section 4 2 8      3  Remove the guide cable Power Low  low voltage power supply  low voltage FAN    See section 2 2 14      4  Remove the cover driver  Board PRY  color regist Assy  eject Assy   See section  4 2 15     Remove the two screws  1   silver  No 42920406   and remove the plate driver  2     Remove the connector of 2ND tray and remove the hopping cover       Remove the FAN Fuser    See section 4 2 16    Remove the latches  2 places  and remove the gear    remove the E Ring    RE3 SK   remove the latch and remove the gear 6      9  Remove the ten screws  0   silver  No 42920406   plate outer 4D  E Ring  RE3 Sk    remove the latch of gear    and remove the shaft D     10  Remove the two screws  8   silver  No 42920406  and remove the side plate R  Assy         11  Remove the two gear idle IDs  2  two gear idle IDs  3  two gears  2   gear 4   two colors  6  one washer  7   gear  8    9  20  and          12  Remove the latches  2 places   and remove the guide Assy side R   while slide  it up     13  Remove the latche  6 places
179. heck work     1 1 5  ID unit installation condition    Action to be taken  at NG       t NG  2 1D unit DOWN    position  Defective    transfer        Remaining amount  of toner    Check if the message  Prepare toner  replacement   or  Replace the toner   appears or  not     Replace toner  cartridge with  new one        Tape attached to  the toner cartridge  opening slot    Check to see that the tape attached to the toner  cartridge opening slot has been peeled off     Move the toner  cartridge lever to  CLOSE position  and remove tape  from opening slot         1 1 2  LED head    Lens of the LED  head    Check if surface of the lens of the LED head is  stained or not by toner and paper dust     Clean the lens  with soft tissue  paper        Mounting condition  of LED head    Check that the LED head is mounted on the LED  head holder correctly  Check that the right and  left tension springs are normally installed     Correct for  normal condition         1 1 3  Print media       Media type    Check to see that the print media which is used  for printing is not a specially thick media    Use the normal  paper         1 1 4  High voltage termi    nal       ID unit terminal         Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID  unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly  normally by visual inspection   Refer to Figure  7 3               IReplace the ID  unit or correct  the high voltage  terminal    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be su
180. hrome print    When ON is specified  ON OFF setting for each  OFF color becomes available              DUPLEX 2 PAGES STACK Duplex  2 sided  print is performed by the stack of  two sheets of paper    OFF Selecting OFF for duplex  2 sided  print    Duplex  1 sided  print is performed by the stack of  1PAGES STACK one sheet of paper                       is the initial default value  The menu item that is set here is valid in this menu  item only    The setting item is not saved in EEPROM               Note  PAGE setting   Pressing the MENU  key or the MENU  key shifts the digit  Pressing  the ONLINE key increments the setting value  Pressing the MENU  key  increments the setting value  If print is executed while the number of print  copies remains in  0000   printing will continue infinitely    COLOR setting  When the ENTER key is pressed while ON is set  the following contents  are displayed on the panel    Print setting for each color  Pressing the MENU  key or the MENU  key shifts the setting  Pressing  the ONLINE key or the CANCEL  the ON OFF switchover will be set   Pressing the BACK key returns the panel display     COLOR Y  ON M  ON  ON C  ON K  ON                            44205401TH Rev 1    103         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             4  While the message  PRINT EXECUTE  that is set by the operation specified in  step 2 is being displayed  press the ENTER key and the test print is executed    with the setting value that has been set by steps 2 and 3     Pressing th
181. ibed in the reference page at the right    table   O Open Cover  Paper Jam  O Top Cover    GET     By pressing this button  a method to remove paper is displayed     Message to be displayed Reference page    Open Cassette  Paper Jam   Tray Name                       Page 156  Open Cassette  Paper Remain   Tray Name        Open Cover  Paper Jam  Front Cover       Page 157  Open Cover  Paper Remain  Front Cover       Open Cover  Paper Jam  Top Cover       Page 158  Open Cover  Paper Remain  Top Cover       Check Duplex Unit  Paper Jam       Page 160    Check Duplex Unit  Paper Remain          7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    JAM location of occurrence outline chart           O ee J9   382 EXIT    7  390 MISS FEED AT  i jia FRONTFEEDER   1  Hak  i  385 Around Fuser Unit  J5 380 FEED   de J12 400 PAPER   383 DUPLEX    881  TRANSPORT  SIZE ERROR   ENTRY   3 WR sensor    DUP IN an  sensor        IN1sensor           410         891 TRAY1         i  1  J1 DUP B sensor i   370 DUPLEX   2nd IN  REVERSAL  J4 J3   SENSOR   373 MULTIFEED IN  372 MISS FEED AT DUPLEX   DUPLEX UNIT  J2     371 DUPLEX INPUT     4     392 TRAY2           44205401TH Rev 1    155           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             Open Cassette  Paper Remain   Tray Name                 Open Cassette  Paper Jam   Tray Name           When the above messages are displayed   Tray1 is applied here as an example      1  Pull the displayed tray         2  Remove paper            3  Return the tray to the printer     
182. ing service call error is displayed on  the LCD     Service call    nnn  error  Note  nnn indicates an error code     When a service call is displayed  the error code and the associated error information are       displayed in the lower row of the LCD display at the same time        Be sure to take note of this error information  numerals indicating address and others   and inform it to the related departments because the information is used for trouble  analysis and solution  Meaning of error codes and remedial measures are shown in  Tables 7 1 1 and 7 1 2     Table 7 1 1 Operator alarm    Inspection    lamp Code nnn    Contents    Display on operator panel    Change Paper in  TRAY    MEDIA_SIZE    MEDIA_TYPE    Press ONLINE Button  Please see HELP for details    Indicates unmatch between the  media type in the tray and the print  data occurs     Prompt user to insert paper in the  tray    Error 661   Tray1   Error 662   Tray2   Error 663   Tray3    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified  display unit  menu setting  of the MP  tray unless otherwise specified by  driver    If unit of paper size is specified by  driver  it is displayed in units specified  by driver    Paper size in the Custom mode is  indicated as follows       lt Width gt  x  lt Length gt   lt unit gt    ex  210 x 297 mm  8 5 x 11 0 inch    User is requested to change paper of  the tray and press the ON LINE key                 Display on operator panel    Change Paper in MPTray   M
183. ins  inside the toner cartridge     Replace the  toner cartridge         3 1 2  Exposure condition to light       LED head    Connecting condition  of the LED head    Drum shaft    Confirm that the LED head is positioned in the  normal position where the LED head opposes  again the drum when the cover is closed  Check  that no obstacle exists in front of the LED head   that hampers light emission from the illuminating  surface of the LED head     Check that the LED head is normally connected     Check that the drum shaft keeps contacting with  the right and left side plates normally     Correct the  installation  condition of the  LED head     Replace the  LED head     Replace the ID  unit    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        F506  fuse on the  CU PU board          Measure resistance of F506   1 ohm or less  Normal  Higher than 1 ohm  NG          Replace the  CU PU board       Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID  unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly  normally by visual inspection   Refer to Figure  7 3            Replace the ID  unit or correct  the high voltage  terminal    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        44205401TH Rev 1    185           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3  4  Black banding black streaking in vertical direction   4 1  Thin 
184. int copies  unit  copies   W   Print waiting time  unit  second     e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        T     U      444           HL                   U         Upper heater temperature measurement value  unitC            Print execution target temperature  unit C     L         Lower heater temperature measurement value  unitC            Lower thermistor read out AD value  unit  HEX    T   Environment temperature measurement value  unit C     H   Environment humidity measurement value  unit           Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        KTR      YTR    x       MTR      CTR    x          YTR  MTR  CTR and KTR indicate the transfer voltage setting value for each  color  unit  KV       Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        ae 88 Wee Be       MR        CR                KR   BLACK transfer roller resistance value  unit  uA   YR   YELLOW transfer roller resistance value  unit  uA   MR   MAGENTA transfer roller resistance value  unit  uA   CR   CYAN transfer roller resistance value  unit  uA     5  Maintenance Menu    e Displays are switched by pressing the MENU  key        ETMP       UT MP    x       REG     EXT                 ETMP   Hopping motor constant speed correction parameter   environment temperature   unit  DEC   UTMP   Fuser motor constant speed correction parameter   fuse target temperature   unit  DEC   REG   Hopping motor constant speed timer value  I O setting value    unit  HEX   EXT   Fuse motor constant spe
185. ion black calibration  error    Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment     Remedial  measure                   Varies       Belt Reflex Error    Belt reflectance check error   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment                 Density Black Sensor  Error    Varies    Varies    Density correction black sensor error   Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment                    Varies       Density Shutter Error2       Varies             Density Shutter Error1    Varies    Varies    Density correction shutter error 2  Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment     Density correction shutter error 1  Because the PU firmware does not  notice this status to the CU firmware  in the Shipping Mode even when the  PU firmware has detected this status   this error does not occur in the user  environment                  COLOR  Image  Drum Smear Error    Varies  
186. isplay on operator panel    Incompatible Toner   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents    Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer   The printer recovers from the error  after replacement of the toner  cartridge with a toner cartridge for the  printer    Error 614   Yellow   Error 615   Magenta   Error 616   Cyan   Error 617   Black    Code nnn          Replace Toner   COLOR  Waste Toner  Full    Please see HELP for details    Install Toner   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Indicates that the waster toner  of  COLOR  is full requiring  replacement of toner     Error 415   Magenta  Error 416   Cyan     This error does not occur in the  Black  Yellow toner      Indicates that the printer runs out of  toner     When the cover is opened closed  it  changes to the warning status     Error 410   Yellow  Error 411   Magenta  Error 412   Cyan  Error 413   Black    Incompatible Toner  Y COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer   The printer recovers from the error  after replacement of the toner  cartridge with a toner cartridge for the  printer    Error 620   Yellow   Error 621   Magenta   Error 622   Cyan   Error 623   Black       Non Genuine Toner   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Indicates the toner cartridge is not for  use in the printer    The printer recovers from the error  after replacement of the toner 
187. it    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that the fuser is not installed  normally           Install New Belt Unit Belt  Unit Life    Please see HELP for details    Informs that the transfer has reached  end of line  This error is issued when  the counter detects that the belt has  reached end of life  Print is stopped   When the cover is opened closed  it  changes to the warning status     Check Belt Unit    Please see HELP for details    Indicates that the belt is not installed  normally           Install New Belt Unit  Belt Unit Life    Please see HELP for details             Indicates that the waster toner is full   It changes to the warning status after  the cover is opened and closed only   once  This error is issued again after   500 copies are printed        Close Cover   COVER     Please see HELP for details    Indicates that the cover is open     Error 310   Top Cover  Error 311   Front Cover  Error 316   Duplex Unit       Wait a Moment  Program Data Receiving    Indicates that reception of the NIC  program data for upgrading is in  progress        Wait a Moment  Program Data Received OK             Indicates that reception of the  NIC program data for upgrading is  complete              44205401TH Rev 1    143            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display on operator panel    Check Data    Program Data Receive  Error  lt nnn gt     Inspection  lamp    Contents    Indicates that an error has occurred  during reception of the NIC program  data for upgrading
188. it name display Drive restriction condition Remarks    ID MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID  K Y M C  are  removed        BELT MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID  K Y M C  are  removed        FUSER_RLS       REGIST MOTOR       T1 HOPPING MOTOR       FRONT MOTOR       REGIST SHUTTER       EXIT SOLENOID       DUPLEX MOTOR       DUPLEX CLUTCH       T2 HOPPING MOTOR    OPTION       T2 FEED CLUTCH    T3 HOPPING MOTOR    T3 FEED CLUTCH    OPTION       ID UP DOWN       LV FAN TEST       FUSER FAN TEST       DUPLEX FAN TEST    OPTION       ID FAN TEST    Note  Display while ID Up Down execution is in progress  MOTOR  amp  CLUTCH TEST  ID UP DOWN Lets        Number of times of execution                         Display when the REGIST SHUTTER  ENTER  key is pressed long       MOTOR  amp  CLUTCH TEST  SHT TT        Number of times of execution             5  Maintenance Menu       44205401TH Rev 1    1027          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 5 Test print    This self diagnostic menu is used to print the test pattern that is built inside PU  Other test  patterns are stored in the controller     This test print cannot be used to check the print quality   Diagnosis for the abnormal print image should be performed in accordance with section 7     1  Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and keep pressing the MENU   MENU   key until  TEST PRINT  is displayed in the upper row of the display area  Then   press the ENTER key   Pressing the MENU  key increments the test item a
189. ize setting switch 3    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 4    Port level H  L       T3 PE_PNE_CVO    Tray 3 paper end  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       T3 HOP_LF_FED    3rd Hopping Sns    H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Tray 3 entrance  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       T3 CASETTE SIZE    Size setting switch 1    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 2    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 3    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 4    Port level H  L       DUP IN_RA_FNT    Duplex  2 sided  printing  entrance  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Duplex  2 sided  printing  front  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       DUP SK_CVO       Duplex  2 sided  printing  bottom  sensor       H  No paper  L  Paper exists       Duplex  2 sided  printing  cover  sensor       H  Close  L  Open                      44205401TH Rev 1    100            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 3 1 4 Motor clutch test    This self diagnostic menu is used to test the motor and clutch     1     Enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1  and press the MENU   MENU  key until   SWITCH SCAN  is displayed in the upper row of the display area      Pressing the MENU  key increments the test item and pressing the MENU  key  decrements the test item      Press either the MENU  or MENU  key until the desired menu item  corresponding to the unit to be tested in Table 5 4 is displayed in the lower row  of the display area   Pressing the MENU  key increments the test item a
190. jects such as  network or USB is going to be downloaded     ENTER key  The Boot Menu is started up     5  Maintenance Menu       44205401TH Rev 1    114            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 5  Maintenance Menu          5 4 Setups upon completion of part replacement       The adjustments that are required upon completion of part replacement are described 5 4 1 Precautions when replacing the CU PU board  below     Replacement parts Adjustment contents 1  When access to the EEPROM of the board to remove is possible   LED head See note  Not required  When the SERVICE CALL 104  Engine EEPROM Error  or 40  EEPROM Error   is not displayed         Drum cartridges  Y  M  C  K  Not required        1  Obtain the EEPROM information from the board to remove  by using the  board replacement function  Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section  2 4 1 1 9 Board replacement function  of the Maintenance Utilities  and save   CU PU board Copying the EEPROM information and utilities are in the hard disk of PC temporarily     reguired   2  Copy the EEPROM information that has been saved in the hard disk of PC  by step  1   into the EEPROM of the new replacement board by using the  Board replacement function  Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section  2 4 1 1 9 Board replacement function  of the Maintenance Utilities      3  Alternatively  when only the PU part EEPROM information or the CU   part EEPROM setting information could be taken and stored in step  2    copy it into the EEPROM of the
191. k if any load exists or not     Replace the  CU PU board   or replace the  defective motor  among paper  feed motor  belt  motor and ID  motor  or replace  the ID unit or  belt unit    If any attempt   of using new ID  unit or new belt  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Paper feed motor   belt motor       Remove the BELT ID UP connector   of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 5     FG  Several MQ between pin 6     FG  Several MQ between pin 7     FG  Several MQ between pin 8     FG    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 1     FG  Several MQ between pin 2     FG  Several MQ between pin 3     FG  Several MQ between pin 4     FG          Replace either  paper feed  motor  belt motor  or CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    167            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           6 4  Jam occurs immedi    Check item     6 4 1  Motor operation ch    ately after paper has reached the fuser     Check work    eck    Action to be taken  at NG       Fuser motor    Confirm that the fuser motor works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode    Check if any load exists or not     Replace the  CU PU board   Replace the fuser  motor    Replace the fuser  unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sur
192. lack  No 42932708      2 places   and remove the LCD           4  Component replacement       44205401TH Rev 1    71           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 4  Component replacement          4 2 13 Frame panel Assy  8  Remove the lever lock     compression spring    torsion spring     button  switch     cable Assy   from the frame panel  8       1  Open the top cover     2  Open the feeder unit     3  Remove the right side cover   See section 4 2 4     4  Remove the plate shield   See section 4 2 8  4      5  Remove the connector of frame panel and remove the hanging cable    6  Remove the control panel Assy   See section 4 2 11     7     Remove the two screws     silver  No 42920406   disengage the claws  3  places  on frame panel Assy  and remove the frame panel Assy                       Claw  3 places           View A    N        Frame panel Assy             44205401TH Rev 1 72            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 14 Low voltage power supply Low voltage FAN   Hopping motor  Fuse motor    AWarning    There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power  supply    Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part of the  power supply  and caution should be exercised during replacement     The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord  is unplugged  Also  there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn t discharge  because of a breakage of the PCB  etc   so remember the possibility of  electric shock 
193. layer    LPR  Port9100  FTP  HTTP  HTTPS  IPP  SNMPv1 v3  TELENET   DHCP BOOTP  DNS  DDNS  WINS  UPmP  Bonjour  SNTP   SMTP  POP  Windows Rally  WSD Print  LLTD      SMB  NetBIOS  NetBIOS over TCP   Remote printer mode Maximum 8 print sever     Print sever mode  Maximum 8 files sever  32 queue   For encrypted password  when it is print sever mode   NetWare6J 5J 4 1J  NDS  bindery    SNMP   ELAP  AARP  DDP  AEP  NBP  ZIP  RTMP  ATP  PAP  EAP TLS  PEAP    1  Configuration    1 5 2 2 Connector and cable of network interface     1  Connector  100BASE TX 10 BASE T  Auto switch  cannot be used simultaneously     Connector pins array  1 8       QUUU0UUO                                   2  Cable  Non shield twisted pair cable with RJ 45 connector   Category 5 is recommended     1 5 2 3 Signal of network interface    Direction Function  FROM PRINTER  FROM PRINTER    TO PRINTER    Signal name    Transmission data         Transmission data         Receive data           Not use         Not use  TO PRINTER       Receive data           Not use         Not use                   44205401TH Rev 1    14            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          1 5 3 Specification of ACC interface    1  Connector  Printer side  USB A receptacle  female   Downstream port  DUSB ARA42 T11A  DDK product  or equivalent  Cable side  USB A plug  male     2  Cable  Hi Speed USB2 0  Cable length  2 0 m max    Use a shielded cable    Note  A cable doesn   t come with the printer     3  Interface signals    Contact No 
194. le   PE  HOP                 OPE    i       L ssns            CLI PE_HOP FSNS    SS SA       OPTION                Hopping Clutch Cable    Toner  Sensor PCB    Stack Full Sensor Cable    4  Component replacement    ID FAN Cable           RFID Cable    MPT Clutch  Regist Clutch  Paper Size Sensor Cable          ID Motor Cable  Control Panal          Fuser Motor Cable                                    K LED HEAD        Y LED HEAD           M LED HEAD  C LED HEAD                                 y           Heater AC Cable                                                          rT       STKFL IDFAN RFID       DCID    HP_PSZCL                BELTIDUP                            Option Cable  PSU Fan Cable    DDR2DIMM          Low Voltage AC  PCB    Relay PCB  High Voltage PCB    Belt Motor  ID UP Motor Cable    Hook on connenctor  230V           100V or 120V Plug ON  230V Unplug                HEAD3 HEAD2 HEAD1 HEADO    im                                    44205401TH Rev 1    68            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 4  Component replacement          4 2 9 Top cover Assy    Remove the left side cover   See section 4 2 3   Remove the right side cover   See section 4 2 4     Remove the plate shield and take the control PCB out   See section 4 2 8   Remove the connectors of the stack full sensor cable and ID FAN cable  remove  the connector and the hanging RFID cable          6  Remove two E type stop rings    and two torsion springs     and remove the top  cover Assy         1    2    3
195. lk   the device information could also not be  gotten automatically when the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X    before installing the printer driver     Please finish the following setting procedure for above     General Driver Supply Levels       Print Using     Oxi C7105  E   To take full advantage of your printer s options  confirm that they are accurately shown  bere  For information on your printer and its optional hardware  check the printer s  Cocumertation     Available Tray       Grandad  3    SO Memory Card    Memory Configuration    258 MG RAM       O Double click  Applications  for  hard disk   gt   utility    gt   print  setting utility    Applications    gt    Utility    gt   print center  in Mac  OS X      Select  C711   click  Show info   and open  printer info        Choose  installable options     O Select the  SD Memory Card   option  and click  Apply     O Close  printer info     O Confirm the added printer is  shown in  Printer list   and close   print center      3  Set up       44205401TH Rev 1    56            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3 6 Setting content print  Configuration     3  Set up       To confirm the printer operates normally  please print the  Configuration       1  Set A4 paper in tray    2  Press the D gt  button for several times so that  Print Information  is displayed     and press down the button         3  Press the m button and select  Configuration   press down the setting button         4  Press down the button
196. me    Example is such a case that a printer is moved  from storage condition of a cold area in winter to  an office environment            Leave a printer  for around one  hour in the new  environment   to get used   to the new  environment   After that  turn  on the power  again    Before turn   on the power   touch the metal  panel of the  controller panel  and the metal  plate inside a  printer to feel  temperature  increase   inside a printer  with human  hands  After  confirmation  that the printer  temperature has  increased close  to the room  temperature   turn on the  power again        44205401TH Rev 1    180            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          7 5 2   19  Wiring dagram He eH    IN Cover open Front Bottom j  Cover open Internal Fuser sensor or sensor sensor Duplex unit  switch thermistor FAN1 A m P  Printer main unit          RFID Antenna  Board POL          l  F    I    fek a el   O ow  tex clutch  Z  Separator  High voltage power supply    Board V7Y 15 UO strc    oiae     2nd  Hopping paper end 2nd IN     2nd paper 2nd Tray  sel si witch    nsor sensor si    Fuser  motor DI     DC    Belt      ID up  Ti    motor D           ID UP DOWN    sensor H    0  En                   Temperature  sensor    Color registration sensor  Board PRC  q                            Printer main unit    J ji T  ITN Hi  FUSER UNIT E e E OO Fees ciuten    o    el  yO Hopping clutch       Feed  ipa                                              
197. memory card when the capacity of SD Card is  not displayed     And  the printer driver setup for recognizing the SD memory card disk is required     If the printer driver is not set up  please set up the printer driver completely referring to  the user s manual  Setup  firstly  and then finish the following setting procedure        44205401TH Rev 1    54         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL              4  8  Set  SD memory card  by printer driver    Note  The authority of the computer administrator is required     3  Set up    For Windows PCL printer driver    For Windows Vista  click on  start     For windows PS printer driver    Gomeal   Samy  Pots  Avance        Color Manopemert   Seay   Device Sennen          Available PostScript Memory  32767 KB   Output Protocol  TBCP   Send CTRL D Before Each Job  No   Send CTRL D After Each Job  Yes    Convert Gray Text to PostScript Grey  No   Conver Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray  No   Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts  No   Job Timeout  0 seconds   Wait Tanecut  299 sesonsle   Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline  109 pexelis     Maximum Font Sue to Download as Bitmap  620 puehs     gt    p Installable Opbons     Available Tray  1  Standard    Duplex Not instales                  Ep  asno   ss     For Windows XP                For Windows Vista  click on  start     gt   control panel    gt   printer    For Windows XP  click on  start     gt   control panel    gt   printer and  other hardware    gt   printers and  Faxes  
198. mode    Place a white paper in front of the toner sensor   and check if the SCAN state changes or not              Replace the  toner sensor  board  or the  CU PU board   or the FFC  between the  toner sensor  board and the  CU PU board        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Note  Toner sensor operation check method using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode      1  How to check operation of the toner sensor at the printer side     1  Status change of the toner sensor can be checked from the Operator  Panel using the self diagnostic mode  First  switch the display to the  Operator Panel display  For the method of switching the display to the  Operator Panel display  refer to section 5 3 2 3 Switch Scan Test    2  Remove the ID unit and the toner cartridge  TC  from a printer  There is  a window inside a printer opposing the ID side when viewed from the  front of a printer  The toner sensor is located inside the window     3  Place a white paper 3 mm away from the sensor window  The white  paper should be placed in the manner of opposing the toner sensor     4  When light is reflected by a white paper so that incident light falls on the  toner sensor  the Operator Panel display shows  L   When the paper is  moved so that any light is not reflected by the paper so that the incident  light does not reach the toner sensor   H  is displayed on the Operator  Panel    5  If the Operator Panel display toggles between  H   lt   gt   L  as a paper is  flippe
199. n  rotating     oe       Feed Motor   running clockwise     Figure 2 4       44205401TH Rev 1    23            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           3  Transport belt    1     When the transport belt motor is rotated in the direction of the arrow  the  transport belt is driven  As for the belt unit  a transfer roller is set over under  each color drum  The belt is caught and installed between the transfer roller  and drum     As for the transport belt and transfer roller  if the specified voltage is    impressed  the paper on the transport belt would be delivered to the fuser  unit while transcribing the toner image on each color drum     Drum         Transport belt    MY            q         Transfer roller  Transport belt motor    Figure 2 5    2  Operating instructions       44205401TH Rev 1    24            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           4  Updown operation of ID unit  1  The up and down operation of the ID unit is done by driving the liftup motor     2  Fig  2 6 shows the operation of each ID unit when color printing  When the  liftup motor is rotated  counter clockwise   the liftup link slides to left  and  each ID unit is in DOWN condition as shown in Fig  2 6  Under this condition   the color printing is available     3  Fig  2 7 shows the operation of each ID unit when mono printing  When the  liftup motor is rotated  clockwise   the liftup link slides to right  and each ID  unit  except K ID unit  is in UP condition as shown in Fig  2 7  Under this  condition  the mono p
200. n certificate  error  Security warning  will not be displayed if the self    sign certificate of printer is installed in the client PC    In the case of certificate of certifying authority  error  security warning  will not be   displayed if the CA certificate of certifying authority is installed in the client PC    Solution   Install certificate in the client PC  browser      Procedure   1  Click the  View Certificate  button on the error  security warning  screen     Security Alert    Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or  changed by others  However  there is a problem with the site s  secuily certificate     A The security certificate was issued by a company you have  not chosen to trust  View the certificate to determine whether  you want to trust the certifying authority       The security certificate date is valid       The security certificate has a valid name matching the name  of the page you are trying to view     Do you want to proceed     po a  ATT e E  an Canten          44205401TH Rev 1    198            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          2  Press the  General  tab of the displayed Certificate information  and press     Install Certificate  button     Certificate    General  Detads   Costfication Path   EAA       Certificate Information    This CA Root certificate is not trusted  To enable trust   install this certificate in the Trusted Root Certification  Authorities store     Issued to  10 37 177 198  Issued by  10 37 177 198    Valid from 10
201. n of  the connectors   Correct the  cable wiring  route  Replace  the fan        Action to be taken  at NG    Correct the  connection  condition of   the connectors   Correct the  cable wiring  route  Replace  the fan    Replace the fan        24V fuse F501 of the  Duplex board  V7Y  PCB     Check if the fuse F501 has blown out or not     Replace the  Duplex board   V7Y PCB         24V power supplied  to the Duplex board   V7Y PCB            Check if the fuse F4 of the CU PU board has  blown out or not        Replace the  CU PU board        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     12 3  All fans of the printer do not rotate     Check item     12 3 1  24V power supply    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       CU PU board fuses  F1    Check if the fuse F1 is not open circuit or not     Replace the  CU PU board        24V power that is  supplied to the CU   PU board        Check the power supply voltages at the POWER  connector  7  of the CU PU board  The follow  voltage must appear respectively     Pins 7  8 and 9  24V  Pins 10  11 and 12  OVP          Replace the low  voltage power  supply        44205401TH Rev 1    175           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   13  Print speed is slow   Performance is low       13 1  Print speed decreases     Check item     13 1 2  Media Weight setting    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       Media Weight that is    specified for the print   specified or not        Check if the wrong Media Weight has been       Correct
202. nality     Display condition    The printer has an SD card  its SD card encryption  functionality is disabled and Storage Setup Enable    Initialization is set to Yes        Make Normal  SD Card    Execute    Disables encryption functionality for data to store   on an SD card  This option deletes any encryption   key and does nat apply the information for such   encryption  security mode  functionality  initializing   the SD card  The option first displays the message   Are You Sure     Yes  No    Selecting No restores the last menu view  Selecting  Yes makes the printer reboot automatically    Display condition    The printer has an SD card  its SD card encryption  functionality is enabled and Storage Setup Enable  Initialization is set to Yes           Reset Cipher  Key       Execute          Re generates the encryption key that is used in the  encrypted SD Memory Card    It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory  Card is installed  and the encrypted SD Memory  Card function is made valid        44205401TH Rev 1    1184          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Category    Storage   Check File  Setup System    Execute    Resolves the un match between the actual  free   space and displayed free space of file system  and  recovers the control data  FAT information         Check All  Sectors    Execute    Recovers the SD Memory Card sector information  defect and un match of the above file system        Enable SD  Card    Erase SD  Card    No    Execute    A printer c
203. nance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   8  Two sided printing jam  error code  370  371  372  373  383    8 1  Two sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on     Check item     8 1 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the Duplex unit    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path    Open the front cover and check if any paper  remains in the Duplex feeder or not    Open the rear cover and check if any paper  remains in the paper reversing path or not   Remove the Duplex unit  Check if any paper  exists in the Duplex insertion slot or not  Open  the cover of the Duplex paper running path and  check if any paper remains inside of the Duplex  unit     Remove the  jammed paper         8 1 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  levers of the  respective sensors  of the Duplex unit     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever         8 1 3  Check condition of    electrical parts       Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode    For all sensors except the Dup IN sensor  check  the detection condition of the respective sensor  in the two status  One is the status
204. nd  pressing the MENU  key decrements the test item         MOTOR  amp  CLUTCH TEST         D MOTOR             Pressing the ENTER key starts the test  The unit name starts flashing and the  corresponding unit is activated for 10 seconds   Refer to Figure 5 2      Note  After the corresponding unit has activated for 10 seconds  it returns to the status of    step2  and is re activated when the corresponding switch is pressed     e The clutch solenoid repeats turning on and off during the normal print    drive   If a clutch solenoid cannot be activated independently  the  motor is driven at the same time      ID UP DOWN  keeps activated  until the CANCEL key is pressed   elf  ENTER  is pressed long  2 sec  when selecting a motor  the motor keeps  running   When the CANCEL key is pressed  the corresponding unit stops activating    Display of the corresponding unit keeps displayed    Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required   Pressing the BACK key terminates the test   Returns to the status of step 1      5  Maintenance Menu    Color registration  REGIST  shutter  ID cooling fan  Fuser cooling fan    ID UP DOWN motor    ID motor                     Duplex  solenoid                      MPT clutch                       regist motor   front motor              Hopping clutch       Tray 2 regist  clutch                            Belt motor i Tray 2 hopping clutch    Tray 2 motor  Fuser motor    Figure 5 2       44205401TH Rev 1    101        Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             Table 5 4    Un
205. nd  pressing the MENU  key decrements the test item     2  The setting items that can be applied to the test print only is displayed in the  lower row of display area  Keep pressing the MENU   MENU  key until the  desired menu item is displayed   Pressing the MENU  key increments the test  item and pressing the MENU  key decrements the test item    If all setting items  need no entry  Default setting   go to step 5     3  Keep pressing the MENU   MENU  key  and press the ENTER key at the menu  item set by step 2  Then  the setting item is displayed in the upper row of display  area  and the setting value is displayed in the lower row of display area   Pressing the MENU  key increments the setting value  Pressing the MENU   key decrements the setting value   The setting value that is displayed at last is  applied   Pressing the BACK key determines the entry value  and returns to step  2  Repeat step 3 as required        TEST PATTERN    1             5  Maintenance Menu    Display Setting value Function    PRINT EXECUTE Pressing the ENTER key starts print Pressing the  CANCEL key terminates print   In units of page        TEST PATTERN 0  White paper print  1 7  Refer to next page   Pattern print   8 15  White paper print       TEST CASSETTE Selecting source of paper supply    If the TRAY 2 is not installed  TRAY2 is not  displayed    If the TRAY 3 is not installed  TRAY3 is not  displayed              Setting number of the test print copies       ON Selecting either color monoc
206. nd 6  OVL   pins 10  11 and 12  OVP    If any voltage does not appear and short circuit  is detected  locate the source of the short circuit  as follows    Disconnect the cables that are connected to   the CU PU board one cable after another until  location of the short circuit is found out           Replace the part  causing short   circuit        44205401TH Rev 1    1811          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item     1 1 5  LSI operation check    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG       I F signal supplied  from the CU PU  board to the  Operator Panel  board     Check if the signal is output to the OPE  connector  4  of the CU PU board or not    Pin 2  Send data  Sending data from the CU PU  board    Pin 5  CLR   If it is normal  the signal is output always     Replace the  CU PU board        I F signal supplied  from the CU PU  board to the  Operator Panel  board            1 2  PLEASE WAIT    Check if the signal is output to the OPE  connector  2  of the CU PU board or not     Pin 3  Send data  Sending data from the CU PU  board     If it is normal  the signal is output always        Replace the  Operator Panel  board         If the message is left attended  the error number changes to  COMMUNICATION ERROR       Check item    Check work     1 2 3  Implement version upgrade of the PU firmware    Action to be taken  at NG       Version upgrade of  the PU firmware       When the PU firmware version upgrade is  completed  this display appears    Check the PU firm
207. nd cleaner  as required     Note  Be careful not to touch the image drum terminals  the LED lens array and  the LED head connectors        44205401TH Rev 1 121      6  Periodic Maintenance          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          6 2 How to clean the LED lens array       If the white banding  white stripe  white drop out  light printing  in the vertical direction Perform cleaning of the LED head     occurs on the print surface  clean the LED lens array   If any light print or white banding is recognized or if print character becomes blurred     clean the LED head as descried below    1  Turn off the power of the printer     O    53   2  Press down the OPEN button to open the top cover     Acaution    The fuser unit gets very hot  Do not touch the fuser unit        White banding  white stripe   white drop out  light printing                       44205401TH Rev 1 122            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 6  Periodic Maintenance           3  Wipe the lens surface  at the four positions  of the LED head with soft tissue  paper gently and lightly     Note  Do not use the solvents such as methyl alcohol or thinner for cleaning the  LED head lens because they can damage the LED head     LED head        4  Close the top cover           44205401TH Rev 1 123            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 6  Periodic Maintenance          6 3 How to clean the pickup roller       If the vertical banding in the vertical direction occurs on the print surface  clean the pickup  3  Clean the separation roller o
208. nd during alarm     NG                REG AD  RESULT       5  Maintenance Menu      When the  CANCEL  key is pressed while test is in progress  while the  ON  LINE  lamp is lighting   the screen returns to the state of step 2    lt  lt During execution of REG ADJ RESULT gt  gt     The same as the key operations of step 2  During execution of REG ADJ  EXECUTE      lt  lt During execution of BLT REFLECT TEST gt  gt        The color registration correction test is executed    The  ONLINE  lamp flashes         When the test is complete  the test result  OK or error name  is displayed in the    upper row of the display area  and     RESULT is displayed in the lower row of  the display area       OK       BIL EFEC INSILT             When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  incrementing them     When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  decrementing them     Pressing the  BACK  key returns the screen to the state of step 2      S When the  CANCEL  key is pressed while test is in progress  while the  ON  LINE  lamp is lighting   the screen returns to the state of step 2      lt  lt During execution of BLT REFLECT RSLT gt  gt     The same as the key operations of step    During execution of BLT REFLECT  TEST     Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization  when the  cover is opened and during alarm        NG       REG EFEC INSET                44205401TH Rev 1    107            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4  
209. nformation    This certificate is intended for the following purpose s    eProtects e mail messages  Proves your identity to a remote computer  Ensures the identity of a remote computer  Ensures software came from software publisher     Protects software from alteration after publication   1 3 6 1 4 1 6334 1 0      Refer to the certification authority s statement for details     Issued to  Comodo Japan CA  Issued by  GTE CyberTrust Global Root    Valid from 6 17 2004 to 0 27 2012     ira cotas    ron atone        3  The  Certificate Import Wizard  is displayed  Install Certificate in accordance  with the displayed procedure  Select  Automatically select the certificate  store based on the types of certificate   Then  the Certificate will be installed  automatically     Certificate Import Wizard  x    Welcome to the Certificate Import  Wizard    This nazard haips you copy certificates  certificate trust  lists  and certificate revocation sts from your dsk to a  certificate store     A corticata  which is issued by a certification authorky  is   acorfrmaton of your identity and contains formation      used to protect data or to establish secure network   SA A aa ara Warton Es vate  are heck     To continue  cick Next        i  gt   laa     Certificate Store  Costficate stores are system areas where certificates are kapt     Windows can automatically select a certificate store  or you can spedfy a location for      lt  CiRitamaticaly selec the certificato store based on the type
210. ng    Indicates initialization of the controller side is in  progress        EEPROM Reset    Indicates the controller side EEPROM is reset  The   conditions for resetting the EEPROM are shown   below      CU ROM is changed  Unmatch of the CU F W  version is detected     e Destination is changed      Forced initialization of EEPROM  System  Maintenance Menu    e Setting OEM by the PUL command        RAM Check    SII III IOI I    Indicates that RAM check is in progress   Percentage of the checked capacity against the  total capacity is shown in the second line        Wait a Moment  Network Initializing    Indicates the network initialization is in progress        Flash Memory Format    Indicates that the flash memory formatting is in  progress  If a resident option flash memory that   is not formatted yet is detected  it is displayed  when the menu item  Format Flash ROM  is  selected from  Maintenance Menu  of the System  Maintenance Menu  Because the above menu item  is internally use only and is not disclosed to user   this status does not occur in the user environment        Checking File System    Displays that SD Card file system is being checked     Process Check of File System is valid to start from   Storage Setup   Check File System  of Boot Menu        Erasing SD Card                Indicates that the SD Card is being erased     Erase process of the SD Card is valid to start from   Storage Setup   Erase SD Card  of Boot Menu        44205401TH Rev 1    129            
211. nning jam  error code 381       6 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on     Check item     6 1 1  Check condition of    Check work    the running path     Action to be taken  at NG       Paper running path  of the front unit    Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper  running path     Remove the  jammed paper         6 1 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  lever of the WR  sensor      6 1 3  Check condition of    Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     electrical parts    Replace the  sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever        Check the detection  condition of the  sensor signal     Confirm that the sensor signals are normally  detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of  the self diagnostic mode     Replace either  the CU PU board  or the front  sensor board   RSF PCB    or connection  cable        Check the sensor  lever of the WR  sensor     Check for the following signals at the FSNS  connector  3  of the CU PU board     Pin 2  WR sensor    Confirm that the above signal levels change  when the sensor lever is operated     Replace the  front sensor  board  RSF  PCB        Check the power   voltages supplied  to the front sensor  board  RSF PCB        Check the 5V power at the CN connector  8  of  the front sensor board  RSF PCB      Pin 1  5V power supply       Pin 5  OVL       Replace the  connection  cable        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     6 2  Jam o
212. nterrupted  L  Reflected       CVO UP_LU_FU    Cover open switch    H  Close  L  Open       ST_FD_FU JOBOFF    Stacker down  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       REG L R_OHP_WG    Color registration  sensor L    AD value      H    Color registration  sensor R    AD value   H       HT THERMISTER    Fuser thermistor   upper sensor    AD value   10 1    Fuser thermistor   lower sensor    AD value   ey    Fuser thermistor   upper sensor  side    AD value   ey    Heater frame  thermistor    AD value   oe       HUM_TEMP_DEN    Humidity sensor    AD value   ey    Humidity sensor    AD value      H    Humidity sensor  k     AD value      aH    Humidity sensor   YMC     AD value   aH       BELT_T    Belt thermistor    AD value    gt H       ID UP DOWN    GREY    GREY    ID UpDown Sns       RFID COLOR 1    RFID antenna K    UID   H    RFID antenna Y    RFID antenna M    RFID antenna C       T1 PE_PNE_CVO    Tray 1 paper end  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       T1 CASETTE SIZE 1    Size setting switch 1    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 2    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 3    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 4    Port level H  L       T2 PE_PNE_CVO_CA    T2 HOP_LF_FED    Tray 2 paper end  sensor    2nd Hopping Sns    H  No paper  L  Paper exists  H  No paper  L  Paper exists    Tray 2 entrance  sensor    H  No paper  L  Paper exists       T2 CASETTE SIZE 1    Size setting switch 1    Port level H  L    Size setting switch 2    Port level H  L    S
213. nting  it is recommended to add expansion memory  For  details  see  Expansion memories          2  1  Turning OFF the printer power and disconnecting the power cord    Note  l   an expansion memory is installed with the power switched ON  the printer  may be broken                  2  2  Peeling the protective tapes off the Duplex unit       Protective tapes  2      2  3  Install Duplex Unit    3  Set up    O Insert the Duplex unit into the lower part on the back of the printer as far as    it will go     O Ensure that the claw on either side of the Duplex unit is securely    accommodated in the hole of the printer              44205401TH Rev 1    49            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           3  Add the optional memory     It is used to increase the memory capacity of the printer    Please add the optional memory as following problems occur       Out of memory    error  Memory Overflow  occurs when printing complex data   Combination print error occurs when printing the whole file at once        Optional memory    Memory capacity   Total memory capacity     None  Standard  256MB  256MB   MEM256G  256MB  512MB   MEM512D  512MB  768MB     Type name                Notes    The operation cannot be guaranteed when using an unspecified product   Please use OKI product   e It is recommended to add 256MB optional memory when long size  printing     The slot for memory is one slot     3  Set up     3  1  Turn the power of printer off  and pull out the power cord     Turn off the powe
214. obAccount      Stays displayed until the ONLINE  button is pressed                    Expired Secure Job    Press ONLINE Button       Varies          Indicates that an applicable job has  been automatically deleted as the  retention period for authentication  printing has expired              44205401TH Rev 1    137            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                              File System Operation  failed  lt nnn gt     Press ONLINE Button    Inspection  lamp    Details    Indicates that a file system error other  than the above described file system  related status error  has occurred   The processing that does not used  the file system can be operated      FS_ERR       GENERAL ERROR         VOLUME NOT AVAILABLE      FILE NOT FOUND  NO FREE FILE DESCRIPTORS      INVALID NUMBER OF BYTES      FILE ALREADY EXISTS      ILLEGAL NAME       CANT DEL ROOT    9      NOT FILE   10   NOT DIRECTORY   11   NOT SAME VOLUME   12   READ ONLY   13   ROOT DIR FULL   14  DIR NOT EMPTY   15  BAD DISK   16   NO LABL   17    INVALID PARAMETER   18    NO CONTIG SPACE   19   CANTCHANGE ROOT   20    FD OBSOLETE   21   DELETED   22    NO BLOCK DEVICE   23    BAD SEEK   24    INTERNAL ERROR   25    WRITE ONLY    Remedial  measure    Replace the  SD Memory  Card  No  remedial  action is  required when  print such as  authentication  print is not  used     Panel display     The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row  
215. ode 381       oocccconncciconncnonncccnnnancnnnnccnennnennncnnncce 164   6 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned On   164   6 2  Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer                        164   6 3  Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path    165   6 4  Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser                       166    7  Paper unloading jam  error code 382         eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeneeees 166   7 1  Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on                    166   7 2  Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer                  167   7 3  Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path              168    8  Two sided printing jam  error code  370  371  372  373  383     168     8 1  Two sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on   168   8 2  Two sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper   into Duplex UNIT orraa aii 169   8 3  Two sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper               169    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     8 4  Two sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper       inside the Duplex Union adi  s 170   8 5  Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller                    170   9  Paper size error  error code 400    oooooooococccnccnoccccccnnconccnconcnnnnncccnnnnnnnnncnnncnnncncnn 170   9 1  Jam occurs when paper end is
216. of certification to  certifying authority  i e   in the state of Waiting for Installation of Certificate        Refer to section  7 5 4 4 2  Network card is initialized       Deletion of CSR  was executed while user is applying issuance of certification  to certifying authority  i e   in the state of Waiting for Installation of Certificate        Refer to section  7 5 4 4 3  Deletion of CSR  is executed   Intermediate Certificate is installed       Refer to section  7 5 4 4 4  Installation of intermediate Certificate  is desired     7 5 4 4 1 User has changed the IP address of a printer    If IP address of a printer is changed to other IP address than the  IP address during  creation of CSR   error is issued and installation of Certificate become impossible     If the changed setup is only the  IP address of printer   error will not be issued if the IP  address is returned to the original address     Solution   Return the IP address of printer back to the  IP address during  creation of CSR   and then install Certificate     Note  Do not change any setup of printer while creation of Certificate of certifying   authority is in progress  during the period starting from creation of CSR up  until installation of Certificate   If changed  the already issued Certificates  become invalid necessitating re setup starting from the very beginning  If  printer setup is changed after Certificate is obtained  the  Security warning   is displayed on the web browser   If IP address of printe
217. of the  power supply  and caution should be exercised during replacement     The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord  is unplugged  Also  there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn   t discharge  because of a breakage of the PCB  etc   so remember the possibility of electric  shock to avoid electric shock      b  Reconnect the printer according to the following procedure       Connect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer      Connect the earth wire to the earth terminal of the AC power source  outlet       Connect the AC power cord insertion plug to the AC power source  outlet       Switch the power switch of printer on    I           Do not disassemble it if the printer works normally     Disassemble it as required  Do not remove the part that is not shown in the  replacement procedure     Please use the specified maintenance tool     Disassemble it according to the proper procedure  It may cause damage to the  parts if disassemble it without following the proper procedure    As the small parts such as the screws are lost easily  please fix them to the  original position temporarily    Do not use gloves that may cause static electricity easily when handling IC and  the circuit board such as microprocessor  ROM  and RAM    Do not put the PCB on the device and the floor directly     Do not work for a long time with the printer with the top cover open  and an  image drum unit installed in it     Install       44205401TH Rev
218. omponent side                                                                                                       p      pr         C535  amp   9g l  ar  l DES l  12 AA  ga    2 35     l    I  SSS tm J516 l  J522 R572 a  l Be R517 oY naa R559  l   ax R574 R576 l    0 Da R573 l    R558    of I  I    Q502    i R557  a c519R556        TR502 C518R555         cs17R554    l    C516R553      R552    Al    C504        4508  ma sg      Bo 2 l       5 P54  L  3 a      8 S R522  2o R521 J509    e    C503 o  l 3 usos 2518 P507 l  l og l     8 D505 D506  N  lt    D504 R526          J502 R514R515 E    8       Soldering side                               8  Connection diagrams                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           v9SH sos                                                                                        R548  R547                                            J510 9  R546 ng                                     R545   D509   C520                                J507                                     44205401TH Rev 1    213            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 8  Connection diagrams           5  Control Panel P
219. on for a printer in the Sleep mode can be viewed by using that part of a  MIB which supported by the printer  a Get commana      7 5 4 7 4 Disabled protocols having client functionality    On                    A     3      4     15     Email alerting  3  SNMP trapping  WINS  4   SNTP  5    The periodical email alert time intervals for a printer include no time elapsed  with the printer in the Sleep mode    The WINS refresh time intervals for a printer include no time elapsed with the printer  in the Sleep mode  The WINS registration for printers in the Sleep mode is not  periodically refreshed and a name registered with a WINS server may be deleted     The refresh time intervals for a NTP server for a printer include no time elapsed  with the printer in the Sleep mode     7 5 4 7 5 Protocols used with Sleep mode disabled    Disable the Sleep mode of a printer for which to use any of the following protocols     U N                         IPv6  NetBEUI  NetWare  EtherTalk       44205401TH Rev 1    201         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             7 6 Fuse check    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    If the following error is issued  check the corresponding fuse of the CU PU control board    and high voltage power supply board      Refer to Table 7 6      Fuse Name    Table 7 6 Fuse error    Error Description    Service call 918   However  if the Duplex  unit is not installed  it  is the 2nd 3rd hopping  error      Insert Point    Duplex  2nd 3rd 24V       CU PU board    Po
220. opying the  EEPROM data is not possible  due to I F  error or others   re write the serial number  information in the new replacement board     Table 5 2 Maintenance utilities adjustment items    Maintenance  Utilities  Operation  Manual item  number    Section  2 4 1 1 9    Section  2 4 1 1 10 3    Operation on the  operator panel  Item  number corresponds   to that of the  Maintenance Manual      Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made     Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made     Setup  information  of board  items    Adjustment contents    Verifying the serial number information  and the Factory Shipping mode     Maintenance  Utilities  Operation  Manual item  number    Section  2 4 1 1 7           Operation on the  operator panel  Item  number corresponds   to that of the  Maintenance Manual      Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        USB  software  upgrade    Upgrading the USB software    Section  2 4 2 2 1       Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        NIC software  upgrade    Upgrading the NIC software    Section  2 4 2 2 17    Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        Mac address  setting    Setting the Mac address       Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made           Consumable  items  counter  maintenance  function    Copies the consumable items counter  data    Drum counter  Y  M  C  K   Fuser counter   Belt counter   Toner counter  Y  M  C  K     Adjustment objective  Copies 
221. ork     11 1 1  Thermistor is defective Note     Action to be taken  at NG       Upper thermistor   lower thermistor   frame thermistor    Check the respective thermistors if they are  shorted or opened internally    Check the resistance value at the connector pins  in the bottom of the fuser unit     Refer to section 8 1 Resistance check  fuser  unit       Replace the  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Installed condition of  fuser unit        Note  Service calls 171 error and 171 error can occur when the printer temperature  is below 0  C  Turn on the power again after the printer temperature has  increased        Check if the fuser nit is pressed in until the  connector in the bottom of the fuser unit is surely  connected      11 2  Error occurs approx  1 minute after the power is turned on     Check item    Check work     11 2 1  Temperature increase of fuser unit       Re set the fuser  unit        Action to be taken  at NG    Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     11 2 2  Temperature increase of fuser unit    Action to be taken  at NG       Installation position  of the upper  thermistor    Check if the upper thermistor is installed in the  far position from the specified position or not  causing detection of the lower temperature than  the actual temperature of fuser unit    Remove the heater cover  and check warp
222. orrects skews of the paper     3  As figure 2 2 shows  a registration clutch engages and the registration roller  L feeds paper  the registration roller L rotates when the registration clutch  engages                    WR Sensor     IN2 Sensor  a XL Registration Clutch  Registration Roller U Zz 2 X  not engaging   n c Y Registration Roller L  r  y  not rotating   s IN1 Sensor  o    O  Feed Clutch cd i   engaging       Feed Roller   rotating      Feed Motor   running clockwise   Paper  Figur  Registration Clutch   engaging   Registration Roller L   rotating   Feed Clutch   not engaging   Feed Roller   not rotating   Feed Motor     running clockwise     Paper    Figure 2 2    2  Operating instructions     2  Paper feeding from MPT  1  As figure 2 3 shows  a feed motor runs counterclockwise  an MPT clutch  engages and paper is fed  an MPT feed roller rotates when the MPT clutch  engages    2  After turning on an IN2 sensor  the paper is fed further a determined length  until it touches a registration roller U  this corrects skews of the paper      3  As figure 2 4 shows  the feed motor runs clockwise and the registration roller  U feeds the paper  the registration roller U rotates when the feed motor runs       clockwise    MPT Feed Roller Tes  Waser o oe  Registration Bai ROK    not rotating   gt  MS To    YAA   A DN  N Feed Motor     running counterclockwise     Figure 2 3    MPT Feed Roller   not rotating     MPT Clutch   not engaging         Registration Roller U    y cat a
223. osed  it  changes to the warning status     Error 350   Yellow  Error 351   Magenta  Error 352   Cyan  Error 353   Black    Display on operator panel    Check Toner Cartridge    Improper Lock Lever  Position     COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents    Indicates that toner is not being  supplied  toner cannot be detected    The lever of the toner cartridge   is left unlocked  or the cartridge  was installed without removing the  protective tape  therefore  the toner  cannot be supplied  and it might  cause this error     Error 544   Yellow  Error 545   Magenta  Error 546   Cyan  Error 547   Black    Code nnn          Install New Image Drum  Image Drum Life   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Informs the image drum has reached  end of line  alarm     It is displayed until the image drum is  replaced     Error 560   Yellow  Error 561   Magenta  Error 562   Cyan  Error 563   Black    Check Image Drum   COLOR     Please see HELP for details    Indicates that the image drum is not  installed normally    Error 340   Yellow   Error 341   Magenta   Error 342   Cyan   Error 343   Black          Install New Fuser Unit  Fuser Unit Life    Please see HELP for details    Informs the image drum has reached  end of line  This error is issued when  the counter detects that the fuser has  reached end of life  Print is stopped   When the cover is opened closed  it  changes to the warning status     Check Fuser Un
224. pecification  is being used or not           Replace the  option tray unit        44205401TH Rev 1    176            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item     14 2 2  Check the system    Check work    connection    Action to be taken  at NG       Check the system  connection from the  CU PU board to the  option tray board   V7Y PCB      Check that the cable between the CU PU board  option connector  0  to the option tray board is  normally connected     Correct the  connections        Square connector  connecting the  option tray unit to  the printer     Check if any foreign material exists in the  connecting portion of the square connector     Remove the  foreign material        Square connector  connecting the  option tray unit to  the printer     Is the terminals of the square connector  damaged     Replace the  connector         14 2 3  Check the control    signals        Check the control  signal that is output  from the CU PU  board to the option  tray board  V7Y  PCB            Check the control signal that is output from the  CU PU board option connector  0     Pin 5  TXD  PU     2nd   Pin 3  RXD  2nd  gt  PU        Replace the  CU PU board     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   15  LED head cannot be recognized   error code 131  132  133  134    15 1  Service call 131 to 134  LED HEAD Missing     Check item    Check work     15 1 1  Check the system connection    Connecting condition  at the CU PU board  connector and at the  head connector     Ch
225. place the   sensor lever with  the good sensor  lever           Signal cable for relay  board  EXIT sensor  cable       Confirm that the cables are not pinched  sheathes  are not peeled off  and they are assembled  normally         7 2  Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer     Check item     7 2 1  Check condition of    Check work    the paper running path       Replace the  connecting cable  and normalize  the assembled  condition        Action to be taken  at NG     7 2 3  Motor operation check       Fuser motor    Confirm that the fuser motor works normally  by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode    Check if any load exists or not     Replace the  CU PU board or  fuser motor or  fuser unit    If any attempt of  using new fuser  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE           Face Up Stacker  Cover    Confirm that it is either fully opened or fully  closed    Eliminate any  in between  condition of the  cover between  the fully open  position and fully  closed position        Duplex pull in gate    Confirm that the Duplex pull in gate works  normally by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the  self diagnostic mode    Is it set to the paper unloading side normally     Replace the  Duplex pull    in gate or the  Duplex solenoid       Rear panel    Check that the installation condition of the rear  panel hampers smooth movement of a paper in  the paper running
226. pping page  number from Tray1    Tray 2 printed page  number    Hopping page  number from Tray2    Tray 3 printed page  number  Hopping page  number from Tray3    2  Operating instructions    Color printed page number Mono printed page number    Printed page number by  color printing    Printed page number by  mono printing       Count method A4  conversion or size  independence    Count up after  passing the writing  sensor       Count up if  MPF MPT  hopping  is finished       Count up if Tray1  hopping is finished       Count up if Tray2  hopping is finished       Count up if Tray3  hopping is finished    The page number is counted  up by detecting the paper  passing the fuser in color   printing mode after the job is  finished   1     The value is A4 Letter value   Please refer to A4  Letter  conversion table  P31         The page number is  counted up by detecting the  paper passing the fuser in  mono printing mode after  the job is finished   1     The value is A4 Letter  value    Please refer to A4  Letter  conversion table  P31         Operation when  paper jammed    Cannot count when paper feeding  hopping  jam and feed jam are occurred     It can count except the above mentioned jam     As total printed page number is counted up when the front end of the page passes the writing sensor  according to  the jam type  the feeding jam  380  is also included in the limits for counted     Cannot count if the jam is occurred before the paper passes    the fuser     It can co
227. printer is 1 300W  Confirm the power  supply can provide enough power    e The operation with UPS  uninterruptible power supplies  is not guaranteed   Explain to the customers that do not use UPS  uninterruptible power supplies      It may cause an electric shock  fire       Installation and removal of the power supply cord and the ground cable must be performed after pressing  down the power switch to OFF        Please connect the ground cable with a specified ground terminal  Please contact the dealer if you cannot get it    e Be careful not to connect it with the lightning rod  the water pipe  the gas pipe  and the earth of the  telephone wire    e Connection of the ground terminal must be performed before inserting the power plug into the power outlet   And  removal of the ground terminal must be performed after pulling the power plug out of the power outlet    e Please hold the power plug to disconnect or plug in the power supply cord    e Please insert the power plug firmly into the outlet      Do not pull out or plug in the power plug with wet hands      Do not locate the printer in a place where the cord may be abused by persons walking on  and do not place  the heavy objects on the power cord      Do not use the power supply cord that is bundled or connect the power supply with an extension cord      Do not use a damaged power supply cord      Do not use a multiple outlet extension cord    e Please connect this printer into an outlet different from that to which othe
228. progress     Error   ONLINE        Wait a Moment  Message Data Writing    Varies    Varies    Indicates that writing of the message  data for upgrading is in progress     Error   ONLINE        Power Off On    Message Data Received  OK    Varies    Varies    Indicates that writing of the message  data for upgrading has completed  with success     Error   ONLINE        Check Data    Message Data Write  Error lt  CODE  gt     Varies    Varies    Indicates that writing of the message   data for upgrading has failed     CODE  is a decimal value  single   digit  indicating cause of the writing   failure     1 FAIL Cause of the failure is unknown     2 DATA_ERROR Hash check error during  data read write  FLASH error    3 OVERFLOW Download failure because  the FLASH capacity became full during  writing or reading the language file     4 MEMORY FULL Failed to secure memory  space     5 UNSUPPORTED_DATA Download of the  data that is not supported by the printer     Error   ONLINE     Install Paper   MP Tray    MEDIA_SIZE    Press ONLINE Button  Please see HELP for details    Indicates that a print request is issued  to the multipurpose tray that has run  out of paper    Paper feed restarts when user  pressed the ON LINE switch     Error 490   MPTray    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified by  menu unless otherwise specified by  driver  If unit of paper size is specified  by driver  it is displayed in units  specified by driver    This error occurs when the 
229. r  and remove the belt Assy Q  outside  pull the supporters  2 places  in the direction of the arrow and  motor     remove them  and remove the MPT Assy         Remove the connector  and rotate the FAN  Fuser     clockwisely to remove     Remove the connector and disengage the claw A  2 places   and remove the Stopper  2 places   cover open switch        BG   gt  2    Remove the 2 screws      silver  No 42920406 and black  No 42932708  and  connectors  2 places   and disengage the claw B  7 places   Remove the high   voltage power supply         G                   NED Supporter  2 places         gt  y  GT  4    Silver     FAN Fuser  Cover open switch    Belt thermistor          44205401TH Rev 1 75           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          4 2 18 Cover Assy front  Board RSF MPT hopping  roller  Frame Assy separator  Feeder Assy regist    Open the top cover    Remove the plate shield and remove the connector   See section 4 2 8   Disengage the claws of stay L       Remove the motor cover   See section 4 2 14    Remove the four screws     silver  No 42920406  and remove the feeder unit  2     Remove the connector and remove the Board RSF  3   Remove the MPT Assy   See section 4 2 17      1     2     3     4     5     6  Disengage the claw  and remove the cover sensor  3     7     8     9  Rotate until the claw of lever    is disengaged  and remove it    10    top       11  Remove the two lock shafts   and two springs       12  Remove the hopping roller shaft         13  Remove t
230. r  unit    Check the life count of the fuser unit by using the  self diagnostic mode     The fuser close  to the new fuser  unit smells some  odors        Check that no  foreign material  exists in fuser unit         2 4  Rise up time is slow   Check item     2 4 1  Check the fuser unit    Check that no foreign materials such as paper  are stuck inside of the fuser unit        Check work       Remove the  foreign material     Action to be taken  at NG       Halogen lamp    Check that 120V or 230V is shown on the label  on the rear of the fuser unit    120V 0DA 230V ODA OEL     Replace the  fuser unit         2 4 2  Check the optional parts Note        Add on memory    Install the optional parts  add on memory  again  and re check the operations     Replace the  optional part        SD Memory card       Install the optional part  SD Memory card  again  and re check the operations           Replace the  optional part     Note  lf any troubles such as printer does not start up normally occurs  remove  the CU options  RAM  SD Memory card  and check if the trouble symptom  changes or not        44205401TH Rev 1    154            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           3  Paper Jams  When paper jams occur or paper remains in the printer   Paper Jam   or  Paper Remain   is displayed on the operation panel     By pressing the Help button  a method to remove the paper is displayed  remove the  paper in the printer according to  Handling      In addition  A method to remove paper is also descr
231. r by adding    0     Zero in single byte character  before the  10 digit number excluding the revision 2 digits that is shown in conceptual drawing  of    Serial number information setting    screen as shown below     Enter the 11 digit number after adding    0     zero in single byte character   before the 10 digit number   Enter    OAEO1234567         Va N    Revision          Serial number label conceptual drawing            The PU serial number is output to the System Serial Number column of the  Configuration  Therefore  confirmation upon completion of rewriting the PU serial  number can be performed by printing the Configuration     5  Maintenance Menu     2  Switching to the Shipping mode  Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual    section 2 4 1 1 10 4     When the board is replace with the new board  the new board has been set  in the Factory working mode  Therefore  it should be switched to the Shipping  mode     e Switch the mode by using the Maintenance Utilities section    2 4 1 1 10 Board  setting function        section    2 4 1 1 10 4 Factory Shipping mode    screen     Note  Note that replacing the CU PU board with a new one without copying    information onto the new one from the board   s EEPROM clears information  about the lives of units of the printer  including the belt  toner and image  drums  causing errors in managing these lives on the printer until the units  are replaced  The counts cleared with such CU PU board replacement are  as shown in the list
232. r electric products is connected   Especially  the operation of the printer might be affected by the electrical noise when the printer is connected  simultaneously with the air conditioner  the copier and shredder etc  Please use the noise filter or the noise  cut off transformer sold at the market if you have to connect the printer into a same outlet    e Please use the attached power cord and insert it into the outlet directly  Do not use an unspecified power cord      Do not use an extension cable  Please use a cable that is more than 15A current rating if you have to use  an extension cable    elf the extension cord is used  the printer might operate abnormally by the decrease of AC voltage     Do not unplug the power cord or switch off the power during printing      Please unplug the power cord if you do not use the printer for a long time  long vacation or travel etc       Do not use the attached power cord of this printer to the other electric products     AWarning    Explain completely the connection of the power supply cable and the ground cable with  showing the user s manual to customer        3  Set up    Connect the power cord     Note  Confirm that the power switch is turned to OFF  O     1  Insert the power cord into the printer                    Ground terminal    Ground cable    Z Warning   It may cause an electric shock  A    The ground cable must be connected         3  Insert the power plug into the outlet           If the printer is completely started up
233. r is changed  the Certificate becomes invalid  In  the case of Certificate of certifying authority requiring some charge for  issuance  another charge may be required for creating Certificate once  again  For details  contact certifying authority         44205401TH Rev 1    196         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             7 5 4 4 2  Network card is initialized     If network card is initialized  to default setup  while creation of Certificate of certifying  authority is in progress  during the period starting from creation of CSR up until  installation of Certificate   the setup information of the Certificate is deleted  If information  is deleted once  the information cannot be recovered by any means   Even when the  same information as before is entered  the same Certificate cannot be created      Solution   Repeat all the steps from the very beginning   Certificate under application is  already invalid      7 5 4 4 3  CSR is deleted     If CSR is deleted  if Certificate is deleted  while creation of Certificate of certifying  authority is in progress  during the period starting from creation of CSR up until  installation of Certificate   the setup information of the Certificate is deleted  If information  is deleted once  the information cannot be recovered by any means   Even when the  same information as before is entered  the same Certificate cannot be created      Solution   Repeat all the steps from the very beginning   Certificate under application is  already invalid  
234. r recur     Check if the   fuser is installed  normally or not   Replace the fuser   Replace the fuser  motor     COMMUNICATION  ERROR    I F error  between PU  and CU    Does this error recur  Replace the CU     PU board           Media  wrapped  around the  fuser error    Service call  980  Error    Media has wrapped around the  fuser     Turn off the power   Replace the fuser        Service call  982  Error    4th tray  detection  error    The 4th tray is installed     Remove the 4th  tray        Error due  to detection  of the toner  cartridges  of the same  color    Service call  983  Error          Two or more toner cartridges of  the same color are detected           Install the cartridge  of the specified   in the specified  position        ASIC ERROR       DCON access  error          Does this error recur     Replace the CU   PU board           Note  Service calls 168 error  171 error  175 error  903 error and 904 error  These  errors can occur when the printer temperature is below 0   C  Turn on the  power again after the printer temperature has increased        44205401TH Rev 1    149         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL             7 5 2 Preparation for troubleshooting     1   LOD display Error iaa entation aia een ais indica 149   1 1  LCD does not display anything           ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeseaeeeeeeeenes 149   152  PLEASE WAIN csepetessecessceocscss se tecargescciesedeansices evitazeteastespuncagesestatteasesst cutee  150   1 3  Error messages rela
235. r with following the procedure in chapter 3 5 2  Turn off power      Notes     f you turn off the power without properly shutting down  it may cause  damage to the optional memory  Operate the  Shutdown Menu      It may cause damage to the printer  if you install the optional memory  with power ON      3  2  Open the top cover and front cover       Press down the OPEN button  and open  the top cover       Open the multi purpose tray        Pull up on the handle  blue  at the center  of the front cover  and open the front  cover forward        Front cover       44205401TH Rev 1    50            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           3  3  Remove the side cover           Loose the screw  one place      Remove the side cover     Pull it outward to remove while holding the  upper edge of the side cover to lift     Side cover       3  Set up     3  4  Install the memory       Discharge any static electricity by  touching a grounded metal object  before taking the memory out of the  package             Insert the memory into the slot           Push the memory to the printer side  and fix it firmly                    Notes    Do not touch any electrical parts and terminals of connectors     Be careful to install the memory in the proper direction  A notch on the  terminal of the memory is matched to the connector of the slot        44205401TH Rev 1    51      3  Set up          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           3  5  Install the side cover   4  Install the SD memory card       Install the si
236. radiacion 33 Frame Assy separator  Feeder ASSy  UiSt     ccicnninonnnnnnnccs 76  3 1 Notes and preCautions            cccccccccscceessseceeneeeceneeeeceeeesceeeseeaeeecseeseseeeeeseneeessaees 34 4 2 19 poate RRA Liftup motor  Hopping motor  Paper end sensor  oy  3 2 Unpack Method oss ccseranetesstcdeoltdesivctudtsisaeaeadsolaiameeianrdinatniain 35 POPPINg in  3 3 Setting method 36 4 2 20 Feed OMG iss cocoa isin hace a a aa 78   a g anos Ea eae 4 2 21 Shaft eject Assy  FU   Shaft eject Assy FD  Eject sensor   ocean 79  3 4 List of equipments and accessories   0 0     eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeteneeseeeeeeeteaeeteeesaees 37 0  43  QUIN  POS serte E T 80  3 5 Assembling methods isiende ae eiiiai da esaiar ase eai 38  3 5 1 Assemble the main body of the printer         ccccccsssessessesessessessesessessecseeseees 38 5  Maintenance Mel ccnasinn ai 91  3 5 2 Cable COME Claire cdi ccdr  nids 44 5 1 System maintenance menu  for maintenance engineer  a E 92  3 5 3 Optional part installation and confirmatiQN       oconoccnnnnccnnnncccnnooconinccnnnnnnnnons 46       44205401TH Rev 1 4           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5 2  Maintenance Utilities usina atid 94  5 3 Maintenance menu TUNCHONS ise  ta descensetenecetearedt arvseceindesestonineseteantieeueaetvncs 96  5 3 1 Self diagnostic MOde 0 02    eeceeececeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeseeseaeeseeeseaeeteaeeeaeete 96  5 31 1  Operation panel    Anion did Meee eel eed ancients 96  5 3 1 2 Ordinary self diagnostic mode  level 1     
237. re to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Move the ID unit in and out with hand to confirm  that any abnormal mechanical load does not  exist  and the ID unit can be moved down to the  DOWN position normally  If a piece of paper is  inserted in between drum and belt  if top end of  the paper can enter easily  it is NG  No Good            Check the  U shaped  groove of the  side plate for  any abnormality   If repair is found  impossible   replace the  equipment        44205401TH Rev 1    183            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 3  2  Stain on white print  Refer to Figure 7 2B       2 1  Stain on white print  Partial stain     Check item     2 1 1  ID unit    Check work    Action to be taken  at NG    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     2 2  Stain on white print  overall stain     Action to be taken       Exposure of drum to  light    Is the drum left in a circumstance in which drum  surface is exposed to direct light for a long time     Replace the ID  unit    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        Leakage of toner    Does toner leak out from either ID unit or from  toner cartridge     Replace the ID  unit or toner  cartridge    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE         2 1 2  Fuser unit       Offset toner of the  fuser unit          Che
238. rea with grease     Cover Sensor C Regist       44205401TH Rev 1 88            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           2 43301601PA Roller Assy   BIAS FU C          Method of amount grease    EM 30L Class S    After  assemble to     apply a minimum amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the sliding portions of    and        the hatched areas                  a    Not allowed to stain the  area with grease     4  Component replacement     3 1 43894903PA Cassette Assy PX757    Plate Receive           EM 30L Class B   Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to sliding portions of sheet metal  and shaft  the hatched area      Shaft Liftup    Plate Receive       Shaft Liftup       44205401TH Rev 1    89            4 C t repl t  Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL omponent replacemen           3 2 43894903PA Cassette Assy PX757    EM 30L Class B    Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to the hatched area  2 palces        Plate Receive                                           44205401TH Rev 1 90            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          5  Maintenance Menu       Adjustment of this printer can be performed from the Maintenance Utilities by entering the corresponding menu    from the keyboard of the operator panel     This printer contains the maintenance menu in addition to the normal operation menus  Select an appropriate  menu in accordance with the objective of adjustment     5 1  5 2  5 3  5 4  5 5  5 6    System maintenance menu  for maintenance engineer               92  Maintenance  Utilities  
239. rinting is available     2  Operating instructions    The operation of each ID unit when color printing                         ae a ECN C ID unit M ID unit Y ID unit K ID unit  Y ID unit DOWN  K ID unit DOWN  a  AS  i   U g U   lt  _   _                     _  Liftup link  Liftup motor  CCW   Figure 2 6  The operation of each ID unit when mono printing  C ID unit Liftup C ID unit M ID unit Y ID unit K ID unit    M ID unit Liftup  Y ID unit Liftup  K ID unit DOWN                                   Liftup lin    Liftup motor  CW   Figure 2 7       44205401TH Rev 1    254          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           5  Fuse unit and paper delivery    1  The fuse unit and the delivery roller are driven by the DC motor as shown in  Fig  2 8  When the fuse motor is rotated  counter clockwise   the heat roller  will begin to rotate  The heat roller makes the toner image fused to the paper  by heat and pressure     2  The paper exits while the delivery roller rotates     Eject roller   Drive         Fuser unit       Heat roller   Drive        Fuse motor   CCW                    Figure 2 8    2  Operating instructions     6  Cover open operation of color blur sensor and density sensor    i     As shown in Fig  2 9  when the fuse motor is rotated  clockwise   the cover  open gear is operated and the cover of color blur sensor and density sensor  is open     When the fuse motor is rotated  counter clockwise  in the opposite direction   the cover open gear is moved out of engagement and the 
240. ronment where the humidity is 30  or less     Set space    e The flat desk should be wide enough to put the printer on     e Ensure that there is enough room around the printer for proper ventilation     Plan view                         ig                                                                                        Side view                            44205401TH Rev 1    36            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          3 4 List of equipments and accessories    3  Set up         Make sure that the appearance of the equipment is not damaged or dirty etc   e Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your printer     e If you are missing any of these accessories  contact your customer service  department immediately     Z4 Warning Personal injuries may occur        Because the weight of the printer body is approximately 28kg   33kg in a state of packing   it needs more than two adults to lift it up              Printer  Body                       Image drum cartridge  1 Cyan  1 the magenta  1 yellow  and 1 black   mounted in  the printer        Explain to the customer that the toner cartridge and the image drum cartridge can  be separated                                         Printer software CD ROM   Power supply cord   Guarantee card and user registration card  User   s manual  Setup     User   s manual  CD ROM     Notes  The printer cable is not included        44205401TH Rev 1    37            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 3  Set up          3 5 Assembling m
241. rts       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor   1 and the paper  entrance sensor 2     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor with the  good sensor  lever        Check the separator  assemblies of the  feed roller  the  pickup roller and the  tray     Check if any foreign materials such as paper  dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the  pickup roller or not     Remove the  foreign material        Check if the feed roller or the pickup roller has  worn out or not     Replace the  separator  assemblies of the  feed roller  pickup  roller and tray         3 2 3  Motor operation check       Paper feed motor    Confirm that the paper feed motor works  normally by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the  self diagnostic mode     Replace the CU   PU board or the  paper feed motor        Paper feed motor  driver       Remove the HP_PSZCL connector  O  of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 1     FG   Several MQ between pin 2     FG   Several MQ between pin 3     FG   Several MQ between pin 4     FG           Replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    161            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Check item    Check work     3 2 4  Check the system connection    Action to be taken    at NG Check item       Paper feed motor  drive cable    Check the connection condition of the cable   Check if the connector is connected in the half
242. s    Disable    Setting Valid time Invalid of the l  PRIME signal       Offline  Receive    Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of the function that enables to  keep the signal reception possible without changing  I F signal even when an alarm is issued        USB    Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of USB interface        Speed    480Mbps  Enable    Setting the maximum transfer speed of USB  interface        Soft Reset    Offline  Receive    Enable  Disable  Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of Soft Reset     Setting Valid Invalid of the function that enables to  keep the signal reception possible without changing  I F signal even when an alarm is issued           Serial  Number       Enable  Disable    Setting Valid Invalid of USB serial number        Category    Security  Setup    Job Limitation    Setting value  Off  Encrypted Job    Function    Limits the job to accept  The encrypted  authentication print only is accepted    It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory  Card is installed        Make Secure  SD Card    Execute    Enables encryption functionality for data to store   on an SD card  This option enables encryption key   generation and applies the information for such   encryption  security mode  functionality  initializing   the SD card  The option first displays the message   Are You Sure     Yes  No    Selecting No restores the last menu view  Selecting  Yes makes the printer reboot automatically  enabling  the encryption functio
243. s of  6    FUSE INTACT  BELT UNIT  FUSE UNIT       INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut  INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut  INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut  INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut  INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut    C ID UNIT INTACT  Not yet cut BLOWN  Already cut                DENS C    BEFORE STD    H    AFTER STD    H             TONER  SENSOR    BELT UNIT  ID UNIT  UP DOWN  REG    ADJUST  ERROR    DRUM OVER  WR POINT  BOTTOM  Note     To reset the parameter  press   ENTER  long  3 sec   NBC      MENU   CLEAR     LED HEAD   serial number  display    n01 23 45 6789    n K  Y  M  C       44205401TH Rev 1    97            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 5  Maintenance Menu                      5 3 1 2 Ordinary self diagnostic mode  level 1  5 3 1 2 1 How to enter the self diagnostic mode  level 1   Menu items of the ordinary self diagnostic mode are shown below  Note  For C711  password is required to enter the system maintenance menu  7 mode  Refer to Table 5 1  C711   un  Switch ssamiest SWITCH SCAN Entry sensorcheckand No 18 1  While pressing the MENOS and MENU  keys simultaneously  turn on the power  switch check to enter the system maintenance mode   Motor clutch test MOTOR amp CLTCH Motor and clutch operation No 19 2  Press the MENU  key or MENU  key several times until the message  ENGINE  TEST test DIAG MODE  is displayed  Then  press the ENTER key to display  DIAGNOSTIC  Test print TEST PRINT PU built in test pattern print Operation MODE  
244. sensor can be detected     The following problems may lead to abnormal detection and the toner sensor error is  occurred     Shutter    Toner sensor       Toner count principle    After the image data is transformed into binary data which can be printed by the printer  the  data is counted as print dot number by LSI  The amount of the used toner is calculated from this  count value  and the residual amount is displayed on the menu     Toner LOW detection  residual amount display on LCD  by the toner sensor is to detect a  certain amount of the reduction of the toner left in ID     The principle of ID counter  belt counter  fuse counter    ID counter  when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed  one third of the   rotation of the drum is set as one count    Belt counter   when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed  one thirdof the  rotation of the drum is assumed as one count    Fuse counter   The length of paper of legal 13 inch is set as nominal value   If the length of paper is less than this nominal value  it is assumed as  one count  If the length of paper is more than this nominal value the  counted number is determined by the times of legal 13 inch    The number after decimal point is rounded up         44205401TH Rev 1    30            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Counter spec     ead    Description    Total printed page  number  Total printed page  number    MPT printed page  number    Hopping page  number from MPT    Tray 1 printed page  number    Ho
245. set the printer  encryption strength to  Weak      10 37 177155    3 About Internet Explorer       2  Press the  Oki Device Setup  button  or alternately select  Setup      gt   Oki Device  Setup   and open the setup screen     LC  1037 177 106  103717774           3  Input the administrator password and open the setup screen as an administrator              44205401TH Rev 1 192            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure          5  Check the  Encryption Strength   8  A message prompting your confirmation will be displayed  Click  Yes       NIC reboots in order to reflect the setup value      sce Setup   SLOT 1              44205401TH Rev 1 193            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Solution  Set the encryption strength to  Weak    How to change encryption strength with Telnet    Note  Telnet cannot be used if it remains in the default setting  To change the  encryption strength  Telnet must be set to Enable     Select the command prompt  DOS prompt  and enter  Telnet  lt printer IP  address gt    and press Return     Establish connected using administrator user name and password    Telnet 169 284 74 39 BOE        Select the menus in this order   4  Security Config       5  Cipher  SSL TLS    gt    2  Cipher Strength   Then  change the cipher strength as desired  1  Strong  2   Standard  3  Weak      Telnet 169 284  14 29          7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure       44205401TH Rev 1    194            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 
246. sing   6  Drum cleaning  The drum cleaning blade removes the toner left on the OPC drum after transfer   7  Electricity removal  The electric potential left on the drum is removed   8  Belt cleaning  The belt cleaning blade removes the toner left on the belt      2  Charging  The voltage is impressed to the charging roller in contact with the surface of  OPC drum  and the surface of OPC drum is charged     Charging roller        OPC drum     3  Exposure    The light generated from LED head is irradiated onto the surface of the electrified  OPC drum  The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum is  attenuated by changing in light intensity  the electrostatic latent image is formed  on the surface of the OPC drum     LED head    Charging roller         OPC drum          44205401TH Rev 1    18            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL 2  Operating instructions           4  Development  5  Transfer  The toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the drum  The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum  and the electricity is  and the electrostatic latent image is changed into the toner image  generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller   1  The sponge roller makes the toner adhere to the developing roller  When high voltage is impressed from the power supply to the transfer roller  the    electricity induced in the transfer roller is moved to the surface of the paper via  contact surface  and the toner is drawn from the sur
247. t  gt    _ The density correction test is executed   The  ONLINE  lamp flashes      When the test is complete  the test result  OK or error name  is displayed in the    upper row of the display area  and     RESULT is displayed in the lower row of  the display area    OK       DENS AD  RESULT              When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by incrementing them     When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are displayed by  decrementing them     Pressing the  BACK  key returns the screen to the state of step 2        44205401TH Rev 1    108            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL               When the  CANCEL  key is pressed while test is in progress  while the  ON  LINE  lamp is lighting   the screen returns to the state of step 2      lt  lt During execution of DENS ADJ RESULT gt  gt     The same as the key operations of step 2  During execution of DENS ADJ  EXECUTE      lt  lt During execution of DENS ADJ PAR   SET gt  gt     Setup of the density correction parameter is displayed      lt  lt During execution of AUTO CALIBRATION gt  gt                4     The automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity correction value is  executed   The  ON LINE  lamp flashes     When the test is complete  the test result  OK or error name  is displayed in the  upper row of the display area  and     RESULT is displayed in the lower row of  the display area       OK             DENS AD  RESULT       When the  MENU   key is pressed  the test results are
248. t between pin 6     FG  Short circuit between pin 7     FG  Short circuit between pin 8     FG    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the CU   PU board and check the followings at the cable  side     Short circuit between pin 1     FG  Short circuit between pin 2     FG  Short circuit between pin 3     FG  Short circuit between pin 4     FG    Replace the  cable with the  good cable  that normalizes  the connection  condition        Paper feed motor   belt motor  ID Up  motor          Remove the respective connectors from the  board  and confirm that the following resistance  exists between the corresponding pins  at the  cable side    CU PU board HP_PSZCL connector        Between pin 1   pin 2 Approx  3 4 or approx  50   Between pin 3   pin 4 Approx  3 4   or approx  5Q     CU PU board BELT ID UP connector       Between pin 1   pin 2 Approx  6 1Q or approx  8 5Q   Between pin 3   pin 4 Approx  6 1Q or approx  8 50     Between pin 5   pin 6 Approx  3 4 or approx  50   Between pin 7   pin 8 Approx  3 4   or approx  5Q        Replace paper  feed motor  belt  motor  ID Up  motor        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure     6 3  Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path     Check item    Check work     6 3 1  Motor operation check    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper feed motor  driver  belt motor  driver and ID motor    Confirm that the paper feed motor  belt motor  and ID motor work normally by using the Motor   amp  Clutch Test of the self diagnostic mode   Chec
249. t pin 11 of the  CN connector  7 of the Operator Panel board     Replace F2  or the CU PU  board           Cable assembly  connecting the low  voltage power supply  unit and the CU PU  board     Check if the cable is half open circuit    Check if sheath of the cable has not peeled off  or not    Check if the cable assembly is defective such as  internal wires are disconnected or not     Replace the  cable with the  normal cable     Note        Connection between  the CU PU board  and Operator Panel    Check if the 11 conductor FFC is connected   to the OPE connector  4 of the CU PU board  normally or not    Check if the 11 conductor FFC is connected   to the OPE connector 47 of the CU PU board  normally or not    Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and check if the connector is  inserted in a slanted angle or not     Re connect the  cable normally        FFC connecting the  CU PU board and  the Operator Panel  board          Check if the cable has open circuit or not with  VOM  Check if sheath of the cable has not  peeled off or not by visual inspection        Replace the FFC  with the normal  FFC         1 1 4  Check that power supply circuit has no short circuit        5V power and 24V  power that are  supplied to the CU   PU board        Check that power supply circuit has no short   circuit at the POWER connector no  10 of the  CU PU board  The follow voltage must appear  respectively    pins 7  8 and 9  24V   pin 1  2 and 3  5V   pin 4  5 a
250. tch to OFF  O               44205401TH Rev 1 45        Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL       3  Set up          3 5 3 Optional part installation and confirmation  1  2  Install the optional tray unit to the printer    Note  Because the weight of the printer body is approximately 28kg  it needs   1  Installation of the optional tray unit  second  third tray  more than two adults to lift it up   It is a traditional paper tray for adding paper into printer    Match the tab into the hole in the bottom of the printer   530 pieces of 70kg paper can be set  Using it with a standard paper cassette and a multi    Put the printer on the optional tray unit slowly Please remove it following the  purpose tray can print 1690 pieces of pages continuously  steps 1 2 in reverse order         1  1  Turn the printer power to OFF and pull out the power cord from the outlet        Turn the power off with following the procedure in chapter 3 5 2  Turn the power  off     Note  When you install two optional trays to the printer  set the optional tray  Notes    If you turn off the power without properly shutting down  it may cause directly on top of the other optional tray  and then put them on the printer   damage to the printer  Please operate the  Shutdown Menu       It may cause damage to the printer  if you install the optional tray with  power ON         Hole in the bottom of the printer       44205401TH Rev 1 46         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL              1  3  Connect the power cord and printer cable to
251. ted changed by the user etc with this manual    e The parts used for this printer may be damaged when handling  inappropriately  We strongly recommend maintaining this machine by our  registration maintenance staff    e Please operate the machine after removing static electricity        44205401TH Rev 1    3           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Index  oo  1  Configuration sssnnissisnninsscsansnassaciunnnsnsenanasshncudansinnnenendenantiectanneis 6 3 6 Setting content print  Configuration             ee ee ee eee eee ceeetecee tees teeeseeeeeteees 57  11  System configurations eiin ee eee iii 7 3 7 Connecting method A AA eer  58  1 2 The Configuration of priNter        cococcocincononccnonconenennoncnonnnrnnncnnnornonornnnornrnennrnecanos 8 3 8 User used Paper Confirmation      connnonnninnnnnnonnninnnnnnn enero recaen 60  ES   Optional Paris cerati obrera 9 4  Component replacement EIE OIEI ET 61  1 4 speoiigangns A a 10 4 1 Precautions on component EpC MON  62  1 5 apeniicatian amenas e a 13 4 2 Method Of componentreplac micas 64  19 1  Specification of USB interface isd gr cnatecaheeoetacencesduncentiane 7 ese ect 64  LS Goneralor USE interfaca i a e A 4 2 2 USO UN ca 65  teks pa ag poa AMI ae o  bs 4 2 3 Left Stele iGO Vet a secssescixcerdcizetsstattvncceten dcanaveralecdces  es oiteesteiwecetebas 65  16119 USB MENACE SIJNA veces aren a A 4 2 4 Right side COVE  ias 66  1 5 2 Specification of network interface   ooomocinnicinnnnininnnonccnncnnranncrnrccnnrcnanccnnn 14  
252. ted to Operator Panel are displayed                           150   1 4   RAM check in progress  or  Initializing  display is kept appearing            150    2  Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned ON    oooccccnoncccnnanncnannns 151   2 1  Any operation does not start at all    eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeseeeeteneeeess 151   2 2   Abnormal sound s Heard    iii iaa 151   2 3  Bad odors are generated              ccccccceceeceeseceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeetees 152   2 4  Rise up time iS SIOW       oooccconnocccccnnccoccccccncncnannncnnnnnnnncncnnnnnann nn na ncnnnnnn cnn 152    3  Paper feed jam  error code 391  1St tray     ee  ceeeseeeeseceeeseeeeeseneeseseeenesenterseners 159   3 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on   1st tray                 159   3 2  Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started   1st tray              159    4  Feed Jam  error code S80      cocicnionniniinicta 161   4 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned ON                  ceeeeeeees 161   4 2  Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started           eee 161    5  Paper feed jam  error code 390  Multipurpose tray               ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 162   5 1  Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on     Multipurpose  tray  ici conoencioc cintia naaa lote 162   5 2  Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started    Multipurpose May   ineine aae eaaa eae Ea E aE aaa 163    6  Paper running jam  error c
253. ter enters the power save  mode  the LCD backlight turns off   When it exits the power save mode  the  LCD backlight turns on  If the switch is  pressed while the backlight is off  in the  power save mode   the backlight turns  on  and then turns off in 30 seconds   However  the power save mode is not  canceled  The backlight turns on during  shut down  Priority 365         Flash Download             Indicates that downloading of the PU  firmware program data is in progress   Since downloading of the PU firmware  is opened internally only and not  disclosed to user  the status will not  occur in the user environment              44205401TH Rev 1    132            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Warning  Panel display                 The L  mark indicates no  message in the upper row                   COLOR  Toner Low          Inspection  lamp       Details    Toner amount is low  Displayed in a  combination of other message in the  first line     In case of MENU  Menus     System Adjust   Low Toner  Stop   ATTENTION LED blinks and the  printer shifts to OFF Line     When an ONLINE switch is pushed   or when arbitrary errors occur and  the error is canceled  an off line state  is canceled  and printing is continued  until it is set to Toner Empty  Arbitrary  errors are errors of Priority 301 361      Toner Low  status occurs when the  power is on  the LED of ATTENTION  in a case of MENU  Menus   System  Adjust   Low Toner  Stop is blinked  and go back to the off line after the 
254. the TC or replace the ID unit        44205401TH Rev 1    178            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL           16 3  Error caused by the defective mechanism    Check item    Check work     16 3 1  Mechanical load applied to the ID unit    Action to be taken  at NG       ID unit    Check if a heavy mechanical load is being  applied to the ID unit due to breakage of the  waster toner belt  or not     Replace the ID  unit    If any attempt  of using new ID  unit as a trial   is going to be  made  be sure to  use the System  Maintenance  Menu FUSE  KEEP MODE        6 3 2  Motor operating condition       ID motor          Confirm that the respective ID motors work  normally or not by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test  of the self diagnostic mode    Check if any extra load exists or not        Replace the  CU PU board or  the ID motor        7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    7 5 2   17  Fuse cut error  error codes 150 to 155      17 1  Fuse cut error    Check item    Check work     17 1 1  Check the system connection    Action to be taken  at NG       FFC connecting the  CU PU board and  the toner sensor  board  PRZ PCB     Check if the connector is connected in the half   way only or not  and is inserted in a slanted angle  or not at the SSNS connector  5  of the CU PU  board  and at the SSNS connector  8  of the toner  sensor board  PRZ PCB     Check if FFC has open circuit of sheath of the  FFC has not peeled off or not     Connect the  FFC normally   Alternately   replace the
255. the data of  the respective consumable item counters  in the case when an existing consumable  item that is in the middle of its usage is  removed and installed in another printer     Section  2 4 1 2 1    Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        Destination  PnP  information  setting    Sets verifies the printer  CU  destination   device ID and USB ID     Section  2 4 1 2 9    Section 5 4 3          Factory   Shipping  mode    Switching between the Factory mode and  the Shipping mode     Adjustment objective  When copying the  EEPROM data is not possible  due to   I F error or others   implement switching  between the Factory mode and the  Shipping mode  When the replacement  board is supplied for maintenance  it   has been set in the Factory mode as the  default setting  Switching from the Factory  mode to the Shipping mode needs to be  performed using this function              Section  2 4 1 1 10 4       Section 5 3 2 10    Password  initialization    Network  log save  function    Initialization of administrator password    Saving the network log    Section  2 4 2 2 13    Section  2 4 2 2 14    Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made     Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        PU Log Save  function    Saving files of PU log     Section  2 4 2 2 16    Operation from  the operator panel  cannot be made        Consumable  items  counter  display       Verifies present data of the consumable  items counter        Section  2 4 1 3
256. tic mode  This section describes the self diagnostic LEVEL 0 and LEVEL 1 respectively     5 3 1 1 Operation panel    The following description on operating the self diagnostic is premised on the operation  panel layout as shown below         1  How to select the menu items    Self diagnostic mode    layout  overall  XXXXX  Menu items can be selected directly     Menu items can be selected by pressing either  XXXXX   MENU   or  MENU   key        POWER ON    l   Press  MENU      MENU      HELP  until the  Without pressing   system maintenance menu is displayed  Then   any key select ENGINE DIAG MODE and press  ENTER      Normal operation mode  LEVEL 0  LEVEL1 ENGINE DIAG MODE XX XX    Engine status display ee  MENU S SWITCH SCAN  Engine status display and  ONLINE  MOTOR  amp  CLUTCH TEST   Heater temperature  simultaneously  3 sec  TEST PRINT   Environment temperature  REG ADJUST TEST  humidity display  DENS ADJ TEST  CONSUMABLE STATUS  PRINTER STATUS  FACTORY MODE SET  SENSOR SETTING  LED HEAD DATA  NVRAM PARAMETER                                 Short pressing of   Respective voltages  TR  iMEN    A  ONLINE    CH  DB  SB  display during      ENTER  and  BACK   print simultaneously    Toner sensor                   RFID internal noise monitor  Error details              1  How to select the menu items    LEVELO    Long pressing of   BACK   2 sec     Respective  voltages  display during  print  Transfer  TR   voltage  1   1  Transfer  TR   voltage  2   1  Charge  CH   voltage  
257. to avoid electric shock     Take the cassette Assy out   Remove the control PCB   See section 4 2 8   Remove all cables from Guide cable PowerLow     Remove the fuse I F connector from low voltage power supply  disengage the  claws  2 places   and remove the Guide cable PowerLow         5  Remove the two screws  2   silver  No 42920406  and four connectors  CN1   CN2  CN3   and remove the low voltage power supply        At the same time  remove the screw     black  No 42932708  and remove the  AC inlet Assy 6      Disengage the claw C and remove the low voltage FAN 6      O  Y    Disengage the claw D  2 places  and claw E  and remove the motor cover  7   Remove the four screws  0   silver  No 42920406  and connector  and take the  fuse motor    out    Remove the three screws  2   silver  No 42920406  and connector  and take the  ID motor  43  out     323  23    O  2    Notes    Be careful to install the low voltage FAN    in the proper direction   e Please confirm the setting of AC input voltage when installing the low  voltage power supply      100V  the short plug is mounted to the connector CN6  230V  the short plug is not mounted to the connector CN6  e Low voltage power supply    and AC Inlet Assy    should be replaced  together   The pair of low voltage power supply and AC Inlet Assy  meets the safety standards      4  Component replacement       Low voltage power supply    PRN PCB    POWER connector For ONG    Short plug  N       Fuser I F connector                    
258. toroil to the portion of the slot of solid  coiling of this torsion spring using a brush   2 places   At both sides        O  44342001PA Belt Assy    EM 30L Class A  Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE     EM 30L  to the inside of Bearing TR  Belt       Both sides  total 8 places           Bearing  TR Belt     EM 30L Class A    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  bearing end              EM 30L Class C    Apply a normal amount of  MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to  bearing portion  Both side            4  Component replacement    EM 30L Class C  Apply a normal amount of   MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to beaing  portion  Both side                    Roller  Transfer             EM 30L Class A   Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE   EM 30L  to sliding surface of  Gear Drive Z36 and Bearing GSB        Gear Drive Z36    Bearing GSB       44205401TH Rev 1    87         Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL       4  Component replacement           0 43917501PA Sensor Assy   Color Regist  4d 43081301PA Roller Assy   Idle FD         Plate Sensor C Regist          EM 30L Class A    Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE  EM30 L   to the hatched areas  Both side  8 places      Exploded View                 Method of amount grease   The surface of Cover Sensor C Regist Belen Sh  i i ear Assy  Shutter   should not be stained with MOLYKOTE  y EM 30L Class S   Before    assemble to        apply a minimum amount of   MOLYKOTE  EM 30L  to the sliding portions of    and       the hatched areas            Not allowed to stain the  a
259. tray is in  the home position  and the sensor   PE SENS 2  cannot detect paper        Remove Paper  Face Down Stacker    Please see HELP for details    The printed paper is overfilled on the  paper stacker of the printer unit     Error 480   Face Down Stacker          Wait a Moment    Network Configuration  Writing       Varies       Varies       When the network related setting  items are updated  contents of them  are saved in the flash memory        Error   ONLINE     Install Paper Cassette   TRAY     Please see HELP for details             Indicates that cassette is removed  from the tray 1 that is located in  the path when a print from tray 2 is  attempted     Error 440   Tray1  Error 441   Tray2             44205401TH Rev 1    140            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          Display on operator panel    Install Paper Cassette  YTRAY     Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    Contents    Indicates that paper feeding is not  possible because cassette has been  removed from the corresponding  tray when a print from the tray is  attempted     Error 430   Tray1    Error 431   Tray2  Error 432   Tray3    Code nnn       Press ONLINE Button for  Restoration    Memory Overflow    Momory capacity overflows due to  the following reason  Press ON LINE  switch so that it continues  Install  expansion RAM or decrease the data  amount      Too much print data in a page     Too much Macro data     Too much DLL data      After frame buffer compression  over  flow occurred     D
260. unt if the jam is occurred after the paper passes the    fuser        Operation for  Duplex    Front Back count  2     Only front count   1     Double count    If the color page and mono page exist together  the color  printing page number would be plus 1 and the mono printing    page number would be plus 1        Reset condition    1  When  Format Flash ROM  of system maintenance menu  is performed    2  When CU PCB is replaced    3  When MENU RESET of system maintenance menu is  performed    4  When CU PCB is replaced        Value storage  destination    CU       Menu MenuMap  output    O       EngineMenuMap  output              1  Count cannot be updated if the power is turned off when the jam is occurred    2  In the initial state MenuMap output is not available  It is possible to switch in the system maintenance menu      3  EngineMenuMap output divides into Engine Menu Print  the first page  and Engine EEPROM Dump Print  the last page   however  the number of paper fed from each tray is  output only to the latter one  DUMP display only                  44205401TH Rev 1    31           Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          A4 Letter conversion table    The paper is counted up as this sheet     Paper size Simplex    LETTER    Duplex       EXECUTIVE       LEGAL14    LEGAL13      Duplex _   2  2  2       A4       A5       AG       B5       COM 9       COM 10       MONARCH       DL       C5       CUSTOM LENGTH  lt  210mm       CUSTOM 210mm  lt  LENGTH  lt  899mm       CUSTOM 900mm 
261. vertical line  with color   Refer to Figure 7 2D      Check item     4 1 1  ID unit condition    Check work    7 5 3  5  Cyclic abnormality  Refer to Figure 7 2E     5 1  Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction    Action to be taken    Check work          Filming of the ID unit          Is print attempted without toner         4 2  Thin vertical line  without color   Refer to Figure 7 2F      Check item     4 2 1  LED head condition    Check work       at NG Check item   5 1 1  Cycle  Replace toner Image drum    cartridge with    Check that the cycle is 94 3 mm        new one  If  replacement  does not solve    Developing roller    Check that the cycle is 39 7 mm        the problem   replace the   ID unit  If any  attempt of using    Toner feed roller    Check that the cycle is 58 4 mm     7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Action to be taken  at NG    Replace the ID  unit    Replace the ID  unit    Replace the ID  unit       new ID unit as  a trial is going  to be made     Charge roller    Check that the cycle is 37 7 mm        be sure to use  the System  Maintenance    Roller on top of fuser    Check that the cycle is 90 5mm        Menu FUSE    KEEP MODE  Fuser belt    Check that the cycle is 96 3 mm        Transfer roller    Check that the cycle is 50 3 mm        Action to be taken  at NG       LED head    Is any foreign material attached on the light  emitting surface of the cell fox lens of the LED  head     Remove the  foreign material         4 2 2  Con
262. ware version number by using  the menu print or the maintenance function      1 3  Error messages related to Operator Panel are displayed     Check item Check work     1 3 1  Error message       If the message  reappears after  the power is re   started again   implement the  confirmations of  sections  1 3 1         Action to be taken  at NG       Error message       Check the error contents by referring to the Error  Message List     Follow the  instruction      1 4   RAM check in progress  or  Initializing  display is kept appearing     Check item    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work     1 4 1  Operator Panel display freezes     Action to be taken  at NG       Operator Panel  display        RAM check in progress  or  Initializing  display  is kept appearing           Replace the  ROM DIMM of  CU  or replace  the CU PU  board    Remove the  optional RAM  and SD Memory  card  Then  perform the  check    If the check  result shows  NG  replace the  CU PU board        44205401TH Rev 1    1821          Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 5 2   2  Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned on     2 1  Any operation does not start at all     Check item    Check work     2 1 1  Check the peripherals of the power supplies    Action to be taken  at NG       Primary AC power  source that is  connected to the  printer     Check the supplied voltage of the AC power  source     Supply the AC  power        Voltage setting of  the lower voltage  power supply
263. wer supply shut down     Not displayed on  operator panel     CU 3 3V  PU 5V        PU area     ID UP DOWN error   Service call 142    Belt motor  ID UP DOWN motor   Hopping clutch 24V       Cover open    High voltage power supply board   ID cooling fan  fuser fan 24V       Service call 122    Power supply fan  feed clutch   MPT clutch  Fuse cut  feed motor  24V       High voltage    Cover open    High voltage 24V       power supply  board    Service call 121    High voltage 5V       e Service call 131 to 134  error       All white page print    LED HEAD 5V       CU PU board    Service call 131 to 134  error    LED HEAD 3 3V        CU area     CENTRONICS interface  error    CENTRONICS interface 5V       CENTRONICS interface  error    CENTRONICS interface 3 3V             Host USB error       Host USB 5V       Less than  1 ohm          44205401TH Rev 1    202            Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL          7 7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size correspondence table    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Dial display size       TRAY1 3    Cassette  none       Legal 14        Legal 13 5        Legal 13        Letter       Executive       Blank       Blank       A4       B5       A5    Not used       Not used       Not used       Not used       FE E ee   ee a ae   Se ee   ae  e   Se  E E    Not used       Fae  LL  e   Le ae  Le   eS   Pe  e Le   ee    ae   ee  S  FE ore   ae poe E E   SE   ee Ela     LEO  PTE   E E E E PAP ee    em ee le pe E E A  TS         Not used     
264. y     Check item     5 2 3  Motor operation che    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Check work    ck    Action to be taken  at NG       Paper feed motor    Confirm that the paper feed motor works  normally by using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the  self diagnostic mode     Replace the  CU PU board   or replace the  paper feed  motor        Paper feed motor  driver    Remove the HP_PSZCL connector    of the  CU PU board and check the followings at the  connector side     Several MQ between pin 1     FG  Several MQ between pin 2     FG  Several MQ between pin 3     FG  Several MQ between pin 4     FG    Replace the  CU PU board            5 2 2  Check condition of    the mechanical parts       Check the sensor  levers of the paper  entrance sensor 2  and the WR sensor     Check if shape and movement of the sensor  levers have any abnormality or not     Replace the  sensor with the  good sensor  lever        Planetary gear for  paper feed control    Rotate the paper feed motor  FRONT MOTOR   using the Motor  amp  Clutch Test of the self   diagnostic mode  and confirm that both of the    two planetary gears rotate at the bottom position      The planetary gear box can be located because  it is the white molded block that is located on the  right side when the front cover is opened      Replace the  planetary gear  box       Front cover    Confirm that the locks in the right and left of the  front cover are locked normally     Replace the font  cover assembly       Che
265. y   MEDIA_SIZE    MEDIA_TYPE    Press ONLINE Button  Please see HELP for details    Inspection  lamp    Contents    Indicates that the paper size of the tray  or the paper size  and the media type  do not match the print data    Prompt user to insert paper in the tray     Error 460   MPTray    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified  display unit  menu setting  of the MP  tray unless otherwise specified by  driver  If unit of paper size is specified  by driver  it is displayed in units  specified by driver     ex  210 x 297mm    8 5 x 11 0 inch    User is requested to change paper of  the tray and press the ON LINE key     Code nnn    Display on operator panel    Wait a Moment  Network Initializing    Inspection  lamp    7  Troubleshooting and repair procedure    Contents    Indicates the network initialization is  in progress     Code nnn    Error   ONLINE        Install Paper  YTRAY    MEDIA_SIZE     Please see HELP for details    Indicates that a print request is issued  to the tray that has run out of paper   Prompting user to refill paper     Error 491   Tray1  Error 492   Tray2  Error 493   Tray3    Unit of paper size in the Custom  mode follows the unit specified by  menu unless otherwise specified by  driver  If unit of paper size is specified  by driver  it is displayed in units  specified by driver     Error    491  492  493          Wait a Moment  Message Data Processing    Indicates that processing of the  message data for upgrade is in  
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
3/3 - 環境省  Digital Multimeter Multímetro digital Contrôleur numérique  Monacor HA-37  Sony CDX-GT81UW User's Manual  SP11-01 - Preliminary  LETUSHELIX JR USER GUIDE  Safety Programmable Controller/Safety Controller/Safety Relay  CLUB3D Radeon R9 280 royalKing AMD Radeon R9 280 3GB  Arielle Adda 1-Du bon usage des tests d`intelligence  取扱説明書 - デンソー    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file